artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 1,000 records of 1,000 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 107,551 – 108,550 of 1,000

White Coral 2 sketches for programme covers and 4 covers of modern design and book coverview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Hoff Rayner - Hercules Deianira and Achelous exh at RA and Portrait Bustview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Andrews Mabel a cover design and 3 drawingsview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Grange Emily travel booklet coverview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Pritchard Marjorie fashion sketch and 2 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Bashford Dorothy garden vase on bronze and 2 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Bashford Dorothy garden vase on bronze and 2 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Remarque Erich book cover designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
O’Harris Pat sketchview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Stephen M sketch The Rain Dwarfview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Collins Kathleen poster design cigarette advertisementview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Schmidt Ellen greeting card designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Williams Gwynneth calendar design view full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Friedenson Jeanne greeting card designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Friedenson Jeanne greeting card designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Gordon Georgina show card designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Stone Gwen greeting card designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Stone Gwen greeting card design Aboriginal motifview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Chambers Betty chocolate box top designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Tait Margret cover design for a catalogue and a calendar designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Barton Janet greeting card designview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Robb J cover design for Art Students Exhibitionview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Morris E R photographic platesview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Martin Jan view full entry
Reference: Jan Martin sketchbook
Publishing details: Surrey Hills, Vic. : J. Martin and B. Chandler, 2003 
102 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Theory and Elements of Architectureview full entry
Reference: Theory and Elements of Architecture by A. H. Martin [advertised in Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.(Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Angus and Robinson, 1929
Ref: 1000
Martin A Hview full entry
Reference: see Theory and Elements of Architecture by A. H. Martin [advertised in Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.(Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Angus and Robinson, 1929
architectureview full entry
Reference: see Theory and Elements of Architecture by A. H. Martin [advertised in Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.(Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Angus and Robinson, 1929
van Raalte Henry advertisement for Anthony Horderns exhibitionview full entry
Reference: see Art and Printing - A Selection of Students’ Work from the Art and Printing Depts. of the Sydney Technical College. Produced by E. Shea, Head Teacher of Letterpress Printing, Lecturers in Charge S. V. Rowe & J. T. Lyons. (Includes illustrations of examples of works by students at the Art and Printing Departments at Sydney Technical College. This book was produced by Ernest Shea before the creation of his Sunnybrook Press.)
Publishing details: Sydney Technical College, 1929, [56] leaves : ill. (some col.), large
quarto, wrappers. Limited ed. of 600 copies.
Fitzgerald Paul Desmondview full entry
Reference: see eBay listing Apil 23, 2021:
Paul Desmond Fitzgerald 1922- 2017
Australian Portrait Artist
The surgeon WW2
This is a beautifully executed painting
A Catholic, Fitzgerald was educated at Xavier College in Melbourne (1933–1939) and studied for five years at the National Gallery School (1940–43 and 1946–47), interrupted for three and a half years in the Army during World War II (1943–46)
When he was painting away from his studio in Melbourne, he usually lived with the subjects of his portraiture. He lived and painted overseas on commissioned portraits twice each year since 1958 including America, Canada, England, Scotland, Ireland, Jersey, France, Italy, Germany, Spain, Malaysia, Singapore, Hong Kong, Hawaii and Bermuda. He also painted throughout Australia.
Fitzgerald was a finalist for the Archibald Prize for portraiture on multiple occasions including 1958 (with a portrait of Justice Robert Monahan), in 1962 (with portraits of each of Sir Reg Ansett and Sir Robert Menzies), and in 1972 (with a portrait of Sir Henry Bolte).
In 1997 Fitzgerald was appointed a Member of the Order of Australia and a Knight of Malta. He founded the Australian Guild of Realist Artists, where he was a Life Member of the Council, and was president for seven years. Fitzgerald was a member of "Portraits Incorporated" in America, is a trustee of the A.M.E. Bale Travelling Scholarship and Art Prize, and produced the art book Australian Realist and Impressionist Artists, donating the profits to charity
Fitzgerald's work was prolific and the following are known notable portraits by the artist
Queen Elizabeth II in 1963,] in 1978 being the only official portrait in her Silver Jubilee year, and one other portrait in 1967.
Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh in 1976, plus one other portrait in 1974.
Charles, Prince of Wales, two portraits, 1978.
Pope John XXIII painted in The Vatican in 1963.
The Duke of Kent, two portraits, in 1978 and 2000.
Sir William Heseltine, Private Secretary to Queen Elizabeth II.
Five portraits of the Malaysian Royal Family
Two identical 6 feet (1.8 m) portraits of Sharafuddin Idris Shah -The Raja Muda of Selangor (Crown Prince of Malaysia), son of the Sultan of Selangor
Prince Ludwig (nephew of Prince Philip) and Princess Von Baden and family (Germany)
Three Cardinals, including Cardinal James Knox, four Archbishops including Daniel Mannix, and two Bishops
Angelo de Mojana di Cologna – 77th Prince Grand Master of the Knights of Malta and Count Da Larocca – Knight of Malta
The Duke of Westminster; a Marquess; three Earls; two Viscounts; four Barons
SEE LINK - https://www.abc.net.au/news/2017-06-26/melbourne-painter-paul-fitzgerald-dies-at-the-age-of-94/8652646
Details
Size framed (approx) 25 x 21 inches
Size canvas (approx) 16 x 20 inches
Oil on canvas
Signed
Bergner Yosl 1920-2017view full entry
Reference: Yosl Bergner (1920-2017)- A Selling Retrospective
Artvisory are proud to present a significant selling exhibition of works by the famous Australian-Israeli artist Yosl Bergner. The exhibition comprises important oil paintings from the 1960's through to fine later period works, a wonderful collection of limited edition bronzes and fine graphics.
The launch night is  Wednesday 5 May and The exhibition continues Wednesday to Saturday 11am-5pm until 21 May, 2021.
Publishing details: Artvisory Galleries, South Yarra, 2021.
Ref: 1000
Stokes Everton (Evie)sculptorview full entry
Reference: see Nora Heysen by Lou Klepac [Everton or Evie Stokes was a sculptor from Adelaide. She joined Nora Heysen in Europe and they travelled together].
Publishing details: Beagle Press, 1989 
80 p. : chiefly col. ill. ; 32 cm. Includes bibliography
Dawson David b1961view full entry
Reference: see lot 174, Wednesday 26 May, 2021, Roseberys, London,

David Dawson, Australian b.1960- Northern Territories, Australia; acrylic on two panels, 24.6x36.5cm Provenance: The Solomon Gallery, London; Private Collection, London 29.5x41.5x2.1cm(including frame) Held in a shared silvered wooden frame of plain form with some scuff marks to the surface. The two panels abut each other and appear to be adhered to a backing board. They have not been examined out of the frame. The grain and the uneven edges of the wood are evident in the paint. Particularly where the two panels are connected. There are marks and substances on the surface, but they all appear to be since creation and most likely occurred when the surface was wet, so one can presume it was the artist's hand. Overall the piece appears to be in good condition.
Estimate 300 - 500 GBP


Damman Carl and F W 
view full entry
Reference: see lot 562 Nosbüsch & Stucke GmbH
May 13, 2021, 1:00 PM CET
Berlin, Germany. Ethnological photographic gallery of the various races of mankind. With 167 original photographic portraits on 12 plates. Vintage. Albumin prints. Assembled. London, Trübner, 1876. Title. 31 x 42 cm. Restored, blind-embossed original canvas (bumped and somewhat scraped).
Rarissimum of the early ethnological photography, here in the English-language edition, which was finished by his brother after C. Damman's death in 1874. - C. Damman was a Hamburg photographer who began to reproduce ethnological photos from the Hamburg Goddefroy Museum in the early 1870s for the Berlin Society for Anthropology. A large part of these recordings then appeared in book form in the years 1872-74 in a German edition under the title "Anthropological-Ethnological Album in Photographs". The photographer of the original photos can only be identified occasionally, for example some of the photos of Australian ethnic groups were taken by Thomas Washbourne, Daniel Marquis and Joseph Wilder. The album is divided into regions: German or Germanic types, Romance types, Slavic types, locals from Persia, from Arab countries, from India, China, Japan, Australia, America, Oceania etc. The format of the recordings is mainly CDV. - Liner partly browned in the margin, a little darkened and stained, the prints only occasionally a little pale and stained, all in all a good copy of this rare work.

Washbourne Thomas photographerview full entry
Reference: see lot 562 Nosbüsch & Stucke GmbH
May 13, 2021, 1:00 PM CET
Berlin, Germany. Ethnological photographic gallery of the various races of mankind. With 167 original photographic portraits on 12 plates. Vintage. Albumin prints. Assembled. London, Trübner, 1876. Title. 31 x 42 cm. Restored, blind-embossed original canvas (bumped and somewhat scraped).
Rarissimum of the early ethnological photography, here in the English-language edition, which was finished by his brother after C. Damman's death in 1874. - C. Damman was a Hamburg photographer who began to reproduce ethnological photos from the Hamburg Goddefroy Museum in the early 1870s for the Berlin Society for Anthropology. A large part of these recordings then appeared in book form in the years 1872-74 in a German edition under the title "Anthropological-Ethnological Album in Photographs". The photographer of the original photos can only be identified occasionally, for example some of the photos of Australian ethnic groups were taken by Thomas Washbourne, Daniel Marquis and Joseph Wilder. The album is divided into regions: German or Germanic types, Romance types, Slavic types, locals from Persia, from Arab countries, from India, China, Japan, Australia, America, Oceania etc. The format of the recordings is mainly CDV. - Liner partly browned in the margin, a little darkened and stained, the prints only occasionally a little pale and stained, all in all a good copy of this rare work.

Marquis Daniel photographerview full entry
Reference: see lot 562 Nosbüsch & Stucke GmbH
May 13, 2021, 1:00 PM CET
Berlin, Germany. Ethnological photographic gallery of the various races of mankind. With 167 original photographic portraits on 12 plates. Vintage. Albumin prints. Assembled. London, Trübner, 1876. Title. 31 x 42 cm. Restored, blind-embossed original canvas (bumped and somewhat scraped).
Rarissimum of the early ethnological photography, here in the English-language edition, which was finished by his brother after C. Damman's death in 1874. - C. Damman was a Hamburg photographer who began to reproduce ethnological photos from the Hamburg Goddefroy Museum in the early 1870s for the Berlin Society for Anthropology. A large part of these recordings then appeared in book form in the years 1872-74 in a German edition under the title "Anthropological-Ethnological Album in Photographs". The photographer of the original photos can only be identified occasionally, for example some of the photos of Australian ethnic groups were taken by Thomas Washbourne, Daniel Marquis and Joseph Wilder. The album is divided into regions: German or Germanic types, Romance types, Slavic types, locals from Persia, from Arab countries, from India, China, Japan, Australia, America, Oceania etc. The format of the recordings is mainly CDV. - Liner partly browned in the margin, a little darkened and stained, the prints only occasionally a little pale and stained, all in all a good copy of this rare work.

Wilder Joseph photographerview full entry
Reference: see lot 562 Nosbüsch & Stucke GmbH
May 13, 2021, 1:00 PM CET
Berlin, Germany. Ethnological photographic gallery of the various races of mankind. With 167 original photographic portraits on 12 plates. Vintage. Albumin prints. Assembled. London, Trübner, 1876. Title. 31 x 42 cm. Restored, blind-embossed original canvas (bumped and somewhat scraped).
Rarissimum of the early ethnological photography, here in the English-language edition, which was finished by his brother after C. Damman's death in 1874. - C. Damman was a Hamburg photographer who began to reproduce ethnological photos from the Hamburg Goddefroy Museum in the early 1870s for the Berlin Society for Anthropology. A large part of these recordings then appeared in book form in the years 1872-74 in a German edition under the title "Anthropological-Ethnological Album in Photographs". The photographer of the original photos can only be identified occasionally, for example some of the photos of Australian ethnic groups were taken by Thomas Washbourne, Daniel Marquis and Joseph Wilder. The album is divided into regions: German or Germanic types, Romance types, Slavic types, locals from Persia, from Arab countries, from India, China, Japan, Australia, America, Oceania etc. The format of the recordings is mainly CDV. - Liner partly browned in the margin, a little darkened and stained, the prints only occasionally a little pale and stained, all in all a good copy of this rare work.

Fiveash Tina b1970view full entry
Reference: see Roseberys
May 26, 2021, 2:00 PM BST
West Norwood, United Kingdom
lot 164: Tina Fiveash, Australian b.1970- Twilight Lovers, 1994; chromogenic print, signed and dated 1994 lower right, titled lower center, and number 9/10 lower left, 44.5x56cm Provenance: Whitford Fine Art, London, where purchased by the present owner.

This work is in a wooden white glazed frame- there are some minor marks to the frame. 69x79.2cm(frame) The work has not been examined out of the frame, it may or may not be stuck down. The work appears to be in very good condition.

Also lots 165 and 166
Newton June 1923-2021view full entry
Reference: obituary in Sydney Morning Herald 29.4.2021, p29. June Newton was the wife of and collaborator with Helmut Newton
Publishing details: SMH 29 April, 2021, p29
Ref: 140
Newton Helmutview full entry
Reference: see June Newton obituary in Sydney Morning Herald 29.4.2021, p29. June Newton was the wife of Helmut Newton
Publishing details: SMH 29 April, 2021, p29
Jesman Boleslaw view full entry
Reference: Boleslaw Jesman, Artist has shown at
Casey Art Show 2013
Mornington Art Exhibition 2013
Gallery 247, Melbourne.
Jesman Boleslaw view full entry
Reference: see Casey Art Show exhibition, 2013:
CURRICULUM VITAE
Boleslaw Jesman
Born in Poland
Hobby Artist from 2000
Membership
2004 - Malvern Artists’ Society – Malvern
2008 - Polish Art Foundation
Group Exhibitions
2004 - 2012 - Malvern Artists’ Society Malvern
2008 - 30 BY 30n"Around Us" A small format art exhibition - Polish Art Foundation -Steps Gallery  - Carlton
2009 - Strathdon Community’s 6th Annual Art Exhibition Forest Hill
2009 - 9X5 Walker St Gallery Dandenong
2010 -  Polish Art Foundation -Steps Gallery Carlton
2011 - 9X5 Walker St Gallery -Dandenong
2011 - Camberwell Rotary Art Show
2012 - Camberwell Rotary Art Show
2012-June - Chelsea Rotary Art Show
Solo Exhibition
2012 -  Malvern Artists, Society Gallery Malvern
 Miscellaneous Arts Related Activities\
2000 – 2011 attended various art workshops:
The Centre of Adults Education – Melbourne - Malvern Artists’ Society Art Workshops

- Oil and Watercolour Painting– Endeavour Hills
Awards
2006 - Highly Commended Modern/Abstract ‘Summer’ – oil - Malvern Artists’ Society
2010 - Highly Commended ‘Summer Blossoms’ – pastel - Malvern Artists’ Society

2010 - Best Still Life/Floral ‘Paradise’ – pastel – Spring Exhibition, Malvern Artists’ Society
2010 - Highly Commended -- Malvern Artists’ Society
Publishing details: http://caseyartshow.snapdev.com.au/boleslaw-jesman
Van Eeden Claudia view full entry
Reference: Claudia Van Eeden – Coo-ee! [’Coo-ee! is a celebration of a land that is both beautiful and brutal, hardy and vulnerable. In her first book with Perimeter Editions, young Melbourne artist Claudia Van Eeden crafts a vibrantly optimistic ode to the landscape, iconography and visual language of Australia. Refreshing in its palette and tenor, Coo-ee! acts as a travel diary of sorts, rendering the scenic environment, weather, passersby and native flora and fauna in loose, playful brushstrokes. Van Eeden embraces Australiana in a way that balances humour with sincerity, avoiding cultural cringe at every turn. Featuring an original painting for every page – including the covers, title page and colophon – and made with found gouache paints, Coo-ee! extends beyond kitsch to rest somewhere closer to that of naïve art. Before suspicion, before cynicism, Van Eeden’s paintings shimmer with love and care.’]
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 86 pages, 26 x 19.5cm, perfect bound, softcover.
Ref: 1000
Trower Dayne view full entry
Reference: Ground Form by Dayne Trower. This is Trower's third series, and in with his earlier work, topography is as much a focus as architecture. Trower's sculptures depict deep, three-dimensional ground planes, a constant in which volumes and details are traced, subtracted and added. While each "ground form" is a foundation on which a stage of the project is depicted, each is itself constructed.
[’In this third solo exhibition at fortyfive downstairs, Melbourne architect Dayne Trowner continues his meticulous, archaeological study into the processes behind the construction of our built environment. In ‘Ground Form’ Trowner documents the precise, methodical modification of the existing ground plane in the form of 20, individually-constructed, small-scale plywood models which record the reconfiguration of a site’s natural topography in preparation for built form.
Working off one elongated coastal site,  Trowner’s sculptures are an examination of the underlying hierarchy in the architectural process, exploring architectural foundations as geological alterations to the boundary zone where natural ground first encounters the built environment.’]
Publishing details: William Stout Architectural Books, 2014
Ref: 1000
Bunyan Marcus view full entry
Reference: see website: https://artblart.com
‘Dr Marcus Bunyan is an Australian artist and writer. His art work explores the boundaries of identity and place. He writes Art Blart, a photographic archive and form of cultural memory, which posts mainly photography exhibitions from around the world. He holds a Dr of Philosophy from RMIT University, Melbourne, a Master of Arts (Fine Art Photography) from RMIT University, and a Master of Art Curatorship from the University of Melbourne.
Art Blart - Dr Marcus Bunyanview full entry
Reference: see website: https://artblart.com
‘Dr Marcus Bunyan is an Australian artist and writer. His art work explores the boundaries of identity and place. He writes Art Blart, a photographic archive and form of cultural memory, which posts mainly photography exhibitions from around the world. He holds a Dr of Philosophy from RMIT University, Melbourne, a Master of Arts (Fine Art Photography) from RMIT University, and a Master of Art Curatorship from the University of Melbourne.
Thomas Davidview full entry
Reference: David Thomas : Colour. Time.: Catalogue of Exhibition Held at Nellie Castan Gallery, Melbourne, 2 April - 2 May 2009. By Olivia Poloni. [’A composite of paintings and photopaintings, which draw the world, painting and viewer into a complex dynamic. A photographed real space and an expanding undefinable painting space (the non-figurative form) confront each other, resulting in a coexistence of various models of space, a coexistence and entanglement of inconsistent things. ‘]
Publishing details: Nellie Castan Gallery, 2009, 96pp. Paperback + CD-ROM

Ref: 1000
Porter Louisview full entry
Reference: Louis Porter - Conflict Resolution.
[’Finally available in Australia, Louis Porter's Conflict Resolution might be described as a series of typologies. The project is part of Porter's wider archive, which tracks fragments, markers and traces of minor suburban conflict – the kind that can be unearthed amid the streets, buildings, vehicles and detritus of any modern town or city. The book offers a very different vantage on conflict, considering its cumulative effects on the psyche of place. Published by Porter's own Twenty Shelves imprint (Melbourne).’]

Publishing details: Twenty Shelves, 164 pages, softcover,
Ref: 1000
Popperwell Georgeview full entry
Reference: George Popperwell ~ Delayed Voyage (Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia)
Publishing details: The Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia, 2009, pb.
Ref: 1000
Gilligan Minna view full entry
Reference: Time After Time - Flashback Fashion for Modern-Day Play. [’In Time After Time, fashion icon Minna Gilligan imparts her wisdom and penchant for mixing and matching fashion, and details contemporary ways to wear vintage things in combination with current new items of clothing. Minna s philosophy is that dressing has no rules or regulations other than what you impose on yourself, and that an outfit s greatest goal is to bring you joy and make you feel good. She fills the pages with snapshots of her own inspiration and art and details how to combine items plucked from different time periods with accessories, buttons, collar details, shoes, hats, and glasses. Minna offers the tools for how to shop from thrift shops to the internet to the occasional high-end store, with examples of looks she puts together from her own finds for a range of occasions. Time After Time is a color riot that is as beautiful as it is useful."

About the Author

Minna Gilligan is a 24-year-old artist and illustrator who works primarily in painting, drawing, and collage, with exhibitions in galleries around the world. Minna displays her passion for fashion collecting through her blog and Instagram (40,000+ followers), and illustrates and writes for Tavi Gevinson s New York based online magazine, "ROOKIE, " while also collaborating with London-based photographer Elle Hardwick and Toronto-based photographer Petra Collins."’]
Publishing details: 2015
Ref: 1000
Freedman Haroldview full entry
Reference: Harold Freedman The Big Picture Hardcover By Gavin Fry, David Freedman & David Jack. [’Harold Freedman was an artist of enormous drive, ambition and achievement. He was never content to mark time, always ready to turn his hand to new challenges and he left his mark on the nation in many places.

Harold worked as a fine artist, an illustrator, printmaker, designer and muralist, all the while drawing on a deep well of traditional training and a determination to bring art and the creative spirit to the widest possible audience. He was a democrat at heart, seeing art as being for the people, the man and the woman in the street who had the right to live in a community where they could see and experience art on a daily basis.

While best known for his series of painted and mosaic murals, the largest ever created in Australia, he was also an influential teacher, an official wart artist and book designer.

About the Authors

Gavin Fry is an artist, writer, publisher and museum professional.

David Freedman, MBBS, BSc (Med), FRACS, has recently retired after 42 years working as a general surgeon in remote and regional centres in Australia and overseas.

David Jack is Director of the Melbourne Mural Studio.’]
[’Harold Freedman worked across a dazzling range of projects ,working as a Cartoonist ,Official War Artist ,book designer and illustrator, poster artist, teacher, print maker and most importantly as Australias foremost mural artist. Whilst Freedman’s work is concentrated in his home city of Melbourne, his work as the Senior War Artist for the RAAF and his ground breaking aircraft mural for the Australian War Memorial gave his art a national stature. 
This handsome 208 page hardback book, which includes two striking gatefolds, each nearly a meter wide, of murals completed during his tenure of the position of Victorian State Artist is now available...’]
Publishing details: David Freedman, 2019, 200pp
Ref: 1009
Borland Pollyview full entry
Reference: Morph. [’Published to coincide with her major exhibition at the National Gallery of Victoria (NGV) in Melbourne, Polly Borland’s new book Morph offers an incisive new vantage on the celebrated Australian-born, Los Angeles-based photographer’s explorations of anthropomorphic soft-sculpture and abstracted portraiture. The new series of works – which were made in collaboration with model Sibylla Phipps, who also contributes a compelling psychoanalytic text to the book – serves as a dramatic, almost surrealistic expansion of Borland’s visual language, with her attention to colour and reimagining of form coming to the fore. At once tender and troubling, the works that populate Morph, the artist’s second book for Perimeter Editions, are poignantly human and pointedly not. 

Polly Borland is one of Australia’s foremost photographic artists. Famed for her early editorial work and portraiture – which saw her photograph the likes of Queen Elizabeth II, Nick Cave, Donald Trump, Susan Sontag, Monica Lewinsky and Cate Blanchett for a host of clients such as The Guardian, The New York Times and The New Yorker – her art practice has seen her exhibit widely in Australia, the UK, Europe and the United States, including the major exhibition Polyverse at the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, in late 2018. Her books include The Babies (2000), Bunny (2008), Smudge (2010) and YOU (Perimeter Editions, 2013). ’]
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2018 (?)80 pages + 12-page insert, 29 x 22 cm, exposed bind, softcover,
Ref: 1000
Armidale ‘42view full entry
Reference: Armidale ‘42 - Memory and Imagination 
A collaboration between Col Madigan (survivor), Jan Senbergs (artist) and Don Watson (historian)
[’A Bendigo Art Gallery Travelling Exhibition Sponsored by the Pratt Foundation through the Australia Foundation for Culture and the Humanities
On 1 December 1942, HMAS Armidale succumbed to air attack and sank into the depths of the Timor Trench with the loss of 100 lives. The story of the dire plight of the survivors has entered the public annals of naval history only relatively recently. Armidale ‘42: Memory and Imagination, commemorates this story of bravery and endurance.
The artist, Jan Senbergs, who has frequently interpreted Australian history through series of works, created The Armidale Drawings in collaboration with one of the survivors, the architect Colin Madigan (whose firm Edwards, Madigan, Torzillo & Briggs Pty Ltd designed the National Gallery of Australia and the High Court of Australia).
Madigan and Senbergs met in the 1970s while Senbergs was working on the High Court mural. Over the years they remained in contact, but it was not until 1996, when Madigan saw Senbergs painting The swimmer, that he spoke of his ordeal and the sinking of the Armidale. Senbergs reflects:
Hee stared for a while, looking carefully at the painting,then turned to me and said: ‘You know, I was in the water like that once.'
Survivors of the sinking of HMAS Armidale were thrown into the Arafura Sea. Many were badly injured and covered in oil. Under a hail of gunfire they bound a raft together from floating remains of the wreck. Battling sharks and sea snakes, they hauled the ship’s lifeboat onto the raft and repaired it with canvas. In an attempt to maximise longevity they decided to split up, some taking to the lifeboat while others remained Ofl the raft. Eight days later the lifeboat and its complement were found by the RAAF 27 survivors and two dead men. No trace of the men on the raft was ever found.
The beautifully illustrated book accompanying the exhibition contains Col Madigan’s recollections and his own images drawn from memory, and reproduces the series of pastel and acrylic wash drawings by Senbergs which make up the exhibition. An essay by Don Watson places the sinking of the Armidale and subsequent events in an historical context aligned with current understanding of the issues.
 ’]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2000 
92 p. : ill., (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Madigan Col view full entry
Reference: see Armidale ‘42 - Memory and Imagination 
A collaboration between Col Madigan (survivor), Jan Senbergs (artist) and Don Watson (historian)
[’A Bendigo Art Gallery Travelling Exhibition Sponsored by the Pratt Foundation through the Australia Foundation for Culture and the Humanities
On 1 December 1942, HMAS Armidale succumbed to air attack and sank into the depths of the Timor Trench with the loss of 100 lives. The story of the dire plight of the survivors has entered the public annals of naval history only relatively recently. Armidale ‘42: Memory and Imagination, commemorates this story of bravery and endurance.
The artist, Jan Senbergs, who has frequently interpreted Australian history through series of works, created The Armidale Drawings in collaboration with one of the survivors, the architect Colin Madigan (whose firm Edwards, Madigan, Torzillo & Briggs Pty Ltd designed the National Gallery of Australia and the High Court of Australia).
Madigan and Senbergs met in the 1970s while Senbergs was working on the High Court mural. Over the years they remained in contact, but it was not until 1996, when Madigan saw Senbergs painting The swimmer, that he spoke of his ordeal and the sinking of the Armidale. Senbergs reflects:
Hee stared for a while, looking carefully at the painting,then turned to me and said: ‘You know, I was in the water like that once.'
Survivors of the sinking of HMAS Armidale were thrown into the Arafura Sea. Many were badly injured and covered in oil. Under a hail of gunfire they bound a raft together from floating remains of the wreck. Battling sharks and sea snakes, they hauled the ship’s lifeboat onto the raft and repaired it with canvas. In an attempt to maximise longevity they decided to split up, some taking to the lifeboat while others remained Ofl the raft. Eight days later the lifeboat and its complement were found by the RAAF 27 survivors and two dead men. No trace of the men on the raft was ever found.
The beautifully illustrated book accompanying the exhibition contains Col Madigan’s recollections and his own images drawn from memory, and reproduces the series of pastel and acrylic wash drawings by Senbergs which make up the exhibition. An essay by Don Watson places the sinking of the Armidale and subsequent events in an historical context aligned with current understanding of the issues.
 ’]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2000 
92 p. : ill., (some col.)
Senbergs Jan view full entry
Reference: see Armidale ‘42 - Memory and Imagination 
A collaboration between Col Madigan (survivor), Jan Senbergs (artist) and Don Watson (historian)
[’A Bendigo Art Gallery Travelling Exhibition Sponsored by the Pratt Foundation through the Australia Foundation for Culture and the Humanities
On 1 December 1942, HMAS Armidale succumbed to air attack and sank into the depths of the Timor Trench with the loss of 100 lives. The story of the dire plight of the survivors has entered the public annals of naval history only relatively recently. Armidale ‘42: Memory and Imagination, commemorates this story of bravery and endurance.
The artist, Jan Senbergs, who has frequently interpreted Australian history through series of works, created The Armidale Drawings in collaboration with one of the survivors, the architect Colin Madigan (whose firm Edwards, Madigan, Torzillo & Briggs Pty Ltd designed the National Gallery of Australia and the High Court of Australia).
Madigan and Senbergs met in the 1970s while Senbergs was working on the High Court mural. Over the years they remained in contact, but it was not until 1996, when Madigan saw Senbergs painting The swimmer, that he spoke of his ordeal and the sinking of the Armidale. Senbergs reflects:
Hee stared for a while, looking carefully at the painting,then turned to me and said: ‘You know, I was in the water like that once.'
Survivors of the sinking of HMAS Armidale were thrown into the Arafura Sea. Many were badly injured and covered in oil. Under a hail of gunfire they bound a raft together from floating remains of the wreck. Battling sharks and sea snakes, they hauled the ship’s lifeboat onto the raft and repaired it with canvas. In an attempt to maximise longevity they decided to split up, some taking to the lifeboat while others remained Ofl the raft. Eight days later the lifeboat and its complement were found by the RAAF 27 survivors and two dead men. No trace of the men on the raft was ever found.
The beautifully illustrated book accompanying the exhibition contains Col Madigan’s recollections and his own images drawn from memory, and reproduces the series of pastel and acrylic wash drawings by Senbergs which make up the exhibition. An essay by Don Watson places the sinking of the Armidale and subsequent events in an historical context aligned with current understanding of the issues.
 ’]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2000 
92 p. : ill., (some col.)
Zaadstra Pieterview full entry
Reference: The artist & the fly fisher / Pieter Zaadstra
Publishing details: Pieter Zaadstra Art Studio, c2007 
1 v. : col. ill., col. port. Certified limited edition of 500.
Ref: 1000
king of the accordion Theview full entry
Reference: The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Ref: 1000
Archer Suzanneview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Bancroft Bronwynview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Connor Kevinview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Fairburn Davidview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Gittoes Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Kuo Grahamview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Lester Kerrieview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Majzner Victorview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Thomson Annview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Varvaressos Vickiview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Walker John Rview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Winch Madeleineview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Zofrea Salvatoreview full entry
Reference: see The king of the accordion / the writer: Anna Maria Dell'oso ; the artists: Suzanne Archer ... [et al.] ; the curator: Joseph Eisenberg ; the exhibition manager: Belinda Cotton. Edited, designed and produced by Jospeh Eisenberg and Belinda Cotton.
"A New England Regional Art Museum touring exhibition"--Cover.
"A short story was commissioned, then thirteen artists were invited to respond"--Introd.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1995 
75 pages : 13 col. illustrations, portraits.
Melville Harden Sidney - Torres Strait canoe and 5 men and a wreck 1874view full entry
Reference: in collection of NGV purchased 2020: Melville Harden Sidney - Torres Strait canoe and 5 men and a wreck 1874
Clarke Daniel View of Warrnambool oil 1867view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria
Mouchette Berthe The Queen’s Bouquetview full entry
Reference: in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria:
BERTHE MOUCHETTE
Born
1846 Forcalquier, Provence-Alpes-Côte d'Azur, France
Died
20 June 1928
Nationality
French
Lived/worked
worked in Australia 1881–(c. 1920)
Hollick Ruthview full entry
Reference: in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria - numerous works
Rooney Robertview full entry
Reference: in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria - numerous works, the bequest of Robert Rooney
Lissan Maisie c1935-c1998view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria
Smiler Badjingga Mona c1918-93view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria
McDonald Agnes Grant 1867-1941 portrait of Robert Hoddleview full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Hoddle Robertview full entry
Reference: a portrait of Robert Hoddle by Agnes Grant McDonald1867-1941 is in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Hofmann Reinhold Melbourne 1836 painted c1886view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Martin Max 1889-1965 glassworkers c1950 view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Challen Arthur Thomas 1911-64 portrait of Moira Madden 1937view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Madden Moira 1915-73 portrait by Arthur Thomas Challen 1937view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Webb Matthew William 1851-1924 portrait of Janet Russell 1890view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria (British artist)
Forthun Louise Toffee & Ice 2008view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Mackinnon William ‘Exit’ 2013view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Lloyd Tony ‘Skystone’ 2004view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Jones Shane Flemington Racecourse 2012view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Petyarre Josie Kunoth MCG 2007view full entry
Reference: in the collection of the State Library of Victoria
Kent Reidview full entry
Reference: see Davidsons Sale 147 Lot 90
REID KENT, O (Australian School)
'Era Beach, South Coast, NSW.'
Depression shacks
Woodcut 12/40
24x19.5cm
Estimate $100-200


Bird I or H or Aview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, May 2021:
Pen and ink drawing, 210 x 242 mm, titled lower centre, signed lower right ‘I. Bird’ (?), pale foxing, early twentieth century frame.
A fine and detailed nineteenth century drawing of a great English thoroughbred and influential sire in Australian horseracing history, the sire of the great Carbine.
‘Musket (1867–1885) was an English-bred Thoroughbred racehorse and a Leading sire in Australia and New Zealand. He was sired by Toxophilite, his dam was a bay mare (1857) who was a half-sister to General Peel’s dam, by West Australian (winner of the 1853 British Triple Crown) from Brown Bess (1844) by Camel. Musket was inbred to Touchstone in the fourth generation (4×4). In England Musket won nine races including the Ascot Stakes before retiring to stud there where he only had limited patronage. In spite of this he managed to sire Petronel winner of the 2,000 Guineas and Brown Bess (1876) winner of the Doncaster Cup and Goodwood Stakes.
In December 1878 Musket was imported into Victoria by the Auckland Stud Company and then sent to Auckland, New Zealand the following month. Initially he was used here to cover “half-bred” mares to breed coach horses. He sired 28 stakeswinners which had 107 stakes wins … Musket is best remembered for siring the famous Carbine (great-great-grandsire of Nearco), Nordenfeldt, Trenton (a leading sire in Australasia and then exported), Martini-Henry and Hotchkiss, all top sires. Carbine in his day was considered one of the greatest horses in the world, whose feats included winning the 1890 Melbourne Cup with the impost of 10 st 5 lb in the record time of 3:28¼. The bloodlines of Musket including Carbine and Trenton, are still evident in many horses racing today. Musket had his portrait painted by the noted equine artist, Martin Stainforth and it was reproduced in Racehorses in Australia” – Wikipedia
MARCUSE Rudolf (1878-1940)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, May 2021:
Bronze bust of North Queensland-born and Sydney-raised indigenous soldier Douglas Grant, modelled while he was a German prisoner of war during World War One.
Berlin : Rotophoto. A. G., [1919]. Photogravure print, 202 x 139 mm, tipped on to its original mount of textured green card, with the title of the work ‘Australier’, the sculptor’s name ‘Rudolf Marcuse’, and publisher’s information all imprinted in gold beneath the image; originally part of a portfolio containing 37 loosely mounted photogravure-process photographs of Marcuse’s busts and statuettes, titled Völkertypen aus dem Weltkrieg (=Ethnic Types from the World War); in fine condition.
Indigenous Australian soldier Douglas Grant was one of many prisoners from diverse ethnic backgrounds who modelled for the renowned German sculptor Rudolf Marcuse in Wünsdorf prisoner-of-war camp, near Berlin, in 1918.
For a biography of Douglas Grant (with the detail about Marcuse’s bust being “in ebony” requiring correction) see the entry by Chris Clark in the ADB.
Ironically, as a Jew and therefore a member of a “non-Aryan race”, Marcuse would be forced to flee the Third Reich in 1936 because of his ethnicity. He died in London in 1940.
For a more recent online article on how Marcuse’s bronze sculpture of Douglas Grant was re-discovered, see Tom Murray and Hilary Howes, How we tracked down the only known sculpture of a WWI Indigenous soldier, in The Conversation, 5 June 2019.
We can trace no other examples of this photogravure of Marcuse’s bust of Douglas Grant in Australian collections.
 


Aboriginal stone pictures in eastern Arnhem Landview full entry
Reference: Aboriginal stone pictures in eastern Arnhem Land, by MACKNIGHT, C. C.; GRAY, W. J.

Publishing details: Canberra : Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, 1970. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. xi, 44, illustrated. “Describes two Arnhem Land sites containing pictorial stone arrangements (map shows locations in Arnhem Bay & Dalywoi Bay), 1) Wurrawurrawoi site, gives map reference for series R502, sheet SD53-4, topography, territory of Lamomirri & Galbu clans
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Aboriginal stone pictures in eastern Arnhem Land, by MACKNIGHT, C. C.; GRAY, W. J.

Publishing details: Canberra : Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, 1970. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. xi, 44, illustrated. “Describes two Arnhem Land sites containing pictorial stone arrangements (map shows locations in Arnhem Bay & Dalywoi Bay), 1) Wurrawurrawoi site, gives map reference for series R502, sheet SD53-4, topography, territory of Lamomirri & Galbu clans
Boyd Robinview full entry
Reference: Robin Boyd : a life, by Geoffrey Searle
Publishing details: Melbourne : Melbourne University Press, 1996. First paperback edition. Octabo, wrappers in dustjacket (small tear to head of spine), pp. [xii]; 368, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 2000 copies.
Ref: 1000
McNicol Roderick view full entry
Reference: Roderick McNicol - The existential portrait. “Rod McNicol’s photographic practice has always concentrated on portraiture as a genre that highlights mortality. For over three decades McNicol has been inviting people from his inner-city community to put their lives on pause for a few moments and stare into the lens of his camera. The portraits that McNicol has captured in the stillness of his studio are both tender and brazen; they are faces that function as witnesses to the inescapable passing of time. This exhibition will survey McNicol’s extended portrait project, from his early black-and-white prints through to his most recent colour portraits.” – MGA website.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash Gallery of Art, 2014. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 40, photographic portraits.



Ref: 1000
Bell Catherineview full entry
Reference: Street strollers of New York. ‘Street strollers of New York is a sequence of photographs that document African-American nannies shuttling white children through the affluent mid-town streets of Manhattan. Catherine Bell’s interest in this subject grew out of her own experience working as a nanny in London; she embarked on this project with the notion to pay tribute to an under-acknowledged workforce. While there is a significant tradition in documentary photography of images of heroic workers, Bell’s images of African-American nannies belong to another tradition altogether – that of the clandestine street photograph. In these pictures, taken with a hidden camera and for the most part without the subject’s knowledge, Bell has cast each nanny in the role of a fugitive.’ – Stephen Zagala, curator.
Published to coincide with the exhibition: New photography from the footpath / Catherine Bell, Glenn Sloggett, Ian Tippett. Monash Gallery of Art 3 April – 8 June 2014. [A scarce Australian photobook].
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash Gallery of Art, 2014. Duodecimo, illustrated wrappers, unpaginated, photobook.
Two copies recorded on Trove (UQ, Monash) with another in the ACU.


Ref: 1000
Dale Pamelaview full entry
Reference: White Tiger in the Magic Garden, by Pamela Dale. Illustrated. Includes biography.


Publishing details: Paper Stone Scissors, 2004, pb, copy inscribed by artist.
Dale Pamelaview full entry
Reference: Nature swims with life in Dale's walk-in paradise. From The Age, December 4, 2004:

A decade divided between Australia and Europe has nurtured Pamela Dale's appreciation for life's more beautiful moments.

From the south of France to Victoria's Mornington Peninsula, she has sat, painted and absorbed her surrounds. In her current series of large, intricate oil paintings, created over two years, Dale has opened windows to a paradise in which barn owls sit surrounded by blooming sunflowers; where rosellas and cockatiels nuzzle each other on the branches of backyard trees. Her detailed depictions of wildlife and lush landscapes would verge on the photo-realistic were it not for their deliberately constructed nature.
"These works aren't actually located in any one culture and so I'm going after the universal," Dale says. "I think one of my jobs as an artist is to shine the light back on beauty, whether it be natural beauty or something else. Because, in fact, these are highly artificial."

At 42, Dale's exposure to the European way of life has rubbed off on her. Her city studio is sparse, clean and neat. Her workbench has a single chair behind it and underneath her provincial wash-basin hangs a gingham curtain.

Awarded the Keith and Elisabeth Murdoch Travelling Fellowship in 1993, she went to Europe, mainly France and Holland, where she was known for her printmaking and works on paper before her painting skills came to the fore. Despite 10 years of living intermittently overseas, Dale enjoys working in Australia. She grew up in Melbourne, her birthplace, and country Victoria. The city made its impact on Dale but her eight years in the country wielded the greatest influence. "We had incredible freedom to roam and explore and, of course, we had plenty of animals."

Although Europe has some of the world's most famous greenery, Dale says it was two rooms painted to look like gardens in Paris' Musee de Cluny that brought her more joy than anything else she saw in her time on the continent.
"When I went in to those two rooms they made a huge impression on me, it was just like that flood of joy," she says.
"In the middle of this huge city in Europe you go into these rooms and there's this transformation, just because of an idea. I think that when you're overseas you do feel disconnected from nature, whereas in Australia you're still very connected all of the time. In a way there's a response to that (in my work)."

Dale says her paintings, executed in blue, are "lived" pieces. Stretching canvas across her studio wall, Dale paints directly on to them. No sketching, no outlines, just paint as she places it. It's a process that Dale describes as very different from her previous work, though no less time consuming.
"These take more than a month to create, so you've actually got to live in that space while you're creating. They're 'lived' in the sense that, imaginatively, I can go anywhere in the world on this canvas."

Her process allows for exploration and innovation but little room for error. Dale embraces these "happy accidents".
"They're incorporated," she says. "I'm not kidding you, you really are fully in the zone when you're making them. Some days are quicker, some days slower, but as I said, you live it. In a way, they direct themselves and there's very little separation between you and what you're doing at that time."
The detail of the paintings - plumage around a bird's eye or pollen on a flower - are reminiscent of some of Dale's prints, although the artist says the scale of the works are what sets them apart.

"Generally I'm trying to get a feel of the walk-in paradise, so to speak. Because these are large scale, you actually walk into them in a sense. You can get sucked into one of the flowers, but when you're creating them it is like an organic development of shape upon shape and it also has echoes of how nature creates itself, the replication."
Although some works have backgrounds of yellow or rose, the fine blue paint Dale works with also evokes the intricate detail of a delft tile. Her representations are often so faithful, there is a sense the leaves in the painted scene might slowly unfurl and the birds will flap their wings and fly away. Even though the image is still, it's as though the movement and life of the scene have been held for a moment, not captured. The word "paradise" gets bandied around a lot and Dale says her work strives to discover it.

"I think it's really worthy to look for paradise in the nooks and crevices of our contemporary life," she says. "We don't have much connection with mythical places or we're trying to hold on to what little we've got, so in a way there's a response to that, in a way they're the opposite to hard-edged consumerism."
White Tiger and the Magic Garden is at Spacement Gallery until December 11.


Another Colonial Boyview full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Last Clifford p157-8view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Kane Julius p157-8view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
May Stephen p159view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Nikoleski Vlase p160view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Mauriks Adrian p161view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Hood Kenneth p162view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Rees Lloyd p163-5view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Leti Bruno p166view full entry
Reference: see Another Colonial Boy by Marc Clark, Numerous b&w and colour illustrations and photographs throughout. Autobiography. Includes appendices, about the author, bibliography, plus various works. Includes some short chapters on other artists. From rear cover (in part): "Marc Clark came to Australia from England in 1962, responded happily to an Australian way of life and has lived and worked in Melbourne ever since. Marc Clark is widely acknowledged to be a very accomplished and versatile sculptor who has created with equal assurance a succession of commissioned memorial works on a monumental scale and a large number of other sculptures more personally conceived and motivated by his own powers of observation and invention".
Publishing details: CopyRight Publishing Company, Brisbane, 2005, 176pp, pb.
Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004view full entry
Reference: The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Bock Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Boyes G T W B 1786-1853view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Chapman Thomas Evans 1789-1864view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Meredith Louisa Ann 1842-1895view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Nixon Anna Maria early 1800s-1868view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Piguenit William Charles 1836-1914view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Prout John Skinner 1805-1876view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
de Wesselow Francis Guillemard 1819-1906view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Stanley Owen 1811-1850view full entry
Reference: see The Royal Society of Tasmania Calendar 2004. Includes 13 illustrations and brief biographies of 9 Tasmanian colonial artists.
Publishing details: The Royal Society of Tasmania, 2004, pb, 28pp
Top arts VCE National Gallery of Victoriaview full entry
Reference: Top arts, Victoria College of the Arts, National Gallery of Victoria. An annual publication of students’ work. All to be indexed. For example the 2002 edition has approximately 100 art students listed each with an artist statement and an example of their work.
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, c2000-2013, v. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
National Gallery Schoolview full entry
Reference: see Top arts, Victoria College of the Arts, National Gallery of Victoria. An annual publication of students’ work. All to be indexed.
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, c2000-2013, v. : col. ill.
Victoria College of the Artsview full entry
Reference: see Top arts, Victoria College of the Arts, National Gallery of Victoria. An annual publication of students’ work. All to be indexed.
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, c2000-2013, v. : col. ill.
Recent past - writing Australian artview full entry
Reference: Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Thomas Danielview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Walker Robert photographerview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Annandale Imitation Realistsview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Lanceley Colinview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Brown Mikeview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Crothall Rossview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Hinder Frankview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Williams Fredview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Fairweather Ianview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Dawson Janetview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Watkins Dickview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Balson Ralphview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Crowley Graceview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Brack Johnview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Larter Richardview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Smith Grace Cossingtonview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Klippel Robertview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Strachan Davidview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Holmes Edithview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Sharp Martinview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Hawkins Weaverview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Swanton Lucyview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Parr Mikeview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Tillers Imantsview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Unsworth Kenview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Christo in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Bonython Kimview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Kerr Joan Dictionaryview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Best Marionview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
de Berg Hazelview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Hirschfeld-Mack Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
McCullough Tomview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Missingham Halview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Draffin Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Taylor Howardview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Andersons Andrewview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Madock Beaview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
colonial art the idea ofview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Seidler Harry and Penelopeview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Tuckson Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Smith Bernard as writerview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
McNicoll Ruthview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Glover Johnview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Durrant Ivanview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Burns Timview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Horton Mervynview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Lade Owen view full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Lambert Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Teague Violetview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Ramsay Hughview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Meadmore Clementview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Mona Gallery Hobartview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Roberts Tomview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Black Dorritview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
MacPherson Robertview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Rooney Robertview full entry
Reference: see Recent past: writing Australian art, by Daniel Thomas; edited by Hannah Fink and Stephen Miller. ‘Covering the period from 1958 to 2020, Recent past: writing Australian art is the first anthology of Thomas's writings and presents an overview of Australian art, at once authoritative and idiosyncratic, bringing alive both old and new art.’ Includes bibliographical references (pages 339-348) and index. [The subjects of the main essays have been included in the Scheding Index. Other artists yet to be indexed]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2020, hc, 348pp, colour illustrations
Still Lifeview full entry
Reference: Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Baird Johnview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Barnett Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Bergin Kateview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Biviano Fabrizioview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Bokor Johnview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Campbell Cressidaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Carment Tomview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Cotton Fionaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Culliton Lucyview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Dalton Jonathanview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Cuthleben Janeview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Hannaford Tseringview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Hattam Katherineview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Home Deanview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Honeywill Johnview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Huelin Andreaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Kerwick Jordyview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Leighton-Dore Bronteview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Malherbe Robertview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Mark Indiaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Mason Kiataview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
McCall Staceyview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
McDonald Angusview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Meagher Julianview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Michell Matildaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Miller Lewisview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Milne Rachelview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Minnici Petaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Moore Davidview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Nguyen Anhview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Placidi Annaview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Preisz Jamieview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Rae Judeview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Roleff Lucyview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Simpson Peterview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Tannock Jane-Francesview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Vugich Melanieview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Waanders Kateview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Whale Mirra Mirraview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Young Zoeview full entry
Reference: see Still Life - contemporary Australian painters, by Amber Creswell Bell. Includes essays on each of the artists included and examples of their work. [’A collection of objects, no matter how mundane, tells a story. They are like a little world; you can get lost in them.' - John Bokor Still Life explores the diverse practices of more than forty contemporary Australian artists and documents a repertoire of styles, subjects, visions and philosophies. Alongside flowers and food - mainstays of the genre - the works within these pages also incorporate objects such as books and beer cans, birds and balloons, adding energy and intrigue to both the composition and the story revealed. This book captures the inanimate beauty of the everyday in a distinctly Australian context, and offers a meditation on human experience and the brevity of life.’]
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
271 pages, hc, colour illustrations, portraits
Pastel Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Paleg Graceview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Diefenbach Lynview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Duff Leoniview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Lelek Agataview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Mellady Lynview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Bowden Jonathanview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Paterson Rossview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hayes Janetview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Smith Kateview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Adams Katkaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Edwards Helenview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Beasley-Southgate Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Morvell Steveview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Simmonds Brianview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Todman-Parrant Rosemaryview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hamilton Catherineview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hugill Yvetteview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hemmert Rolandview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Macleod Anthonyview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
McLean Amandaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Wirt Libbyview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Sharp Raeleneview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Wilkinson Terryview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Murray Terrianneview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Scuffins Martinview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Truslove Billview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Dayman Lyleview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Seberry Jo-Anneview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Gilbert-Ng Penelopeview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Clark Alisonview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Corke Louiseview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Jeffrey Ivyview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Szalay Rachelview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Clark Nolaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Silvester Julieview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hona Reginaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hargraves Cynthiaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Clark Alisonview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Miller Petaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Attard Josephview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Caddy Peterview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Grant Colinview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
McManus Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Ferguson Petraiview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Reust Triciaview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Fisher Shirleyview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Dare Sandraview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Blake Chrisview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Atkins Christineview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Thiesfeld Johnview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
Hayes Janetview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
pastel societies in Australia listed inview full entry
Reference: see Luminous Colour - Showcasing Australian Pastel Artists by Linda Hibbs
‘The first book ever printed which focuses entirely on Australian pastel Artists.’ Featuring 50 contemporary pastel painters with artists’ statements and illustrations of their work.
Publishing details: Ringwood East, Victoria : Indah Creations & Publications, 2014,
220 pages, colour illustrations
She-oak and sunlightview full entry
Reference: She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
impressionismview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Abrahams Louis 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Ashton Julian1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Barak William 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Barnett H Walter 3 photographsview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Bayliss Charles 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Boake Barcroft Capel 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Buvelot Louis 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Caire Nicholas 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Casas Ramon portrait of Tom Robertsview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Carrick Ethel 4 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Catani Ugo 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Conder Charles 36 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Davies David 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Fox E Phillips 11 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Fuller Florence 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Fullwood A Henry 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Gregory Ina 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Holterman Otto Bernard 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Joel Grace 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Lambert George 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Lindt J W 3 photographsview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Longstaff John 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Loureiro Artur 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Mahony Elizabeth 1 photograph of Tom Robertsview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Mather John 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
McCubbin Frederick 12 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Menpes Mortimer 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Meyer Mary 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Moffitt Ernest 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Mills Alice 1 photograph of Tom Roberts and 1 of Streetonview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Moore May 1 photographview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Nerli Girolamo 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Nettleton Charles 2 photographsview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Pole Leon 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Price Jane 4 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Rae Iso 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Roberts Tom 58 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Russell John 10 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Sommers John Snr 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Southern Clara 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Sutherland George 1 workview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Streeton Arthur 45 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Teague Violet 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Tucker Tudor St George 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Vale May 6 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Williamson Elizabeth 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Withers Walter 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Wood Francis Derwent 1 sculptureview full entry
Reference: see She-oak and sunlight - Australian impressionism / Anne Gray and Angela Hesson (editors) and contributors ; [foreword by] Tony Ellwood. Catalogue for exhibition held at NGV Melbourne on 2 April to 22 August 2021.Includes bibliographical references (267-273). No index, some biographical information within text.
Chapters:
• Friends and rivals: a quartet with variations / Anne Grey
• Australian impressionists: critical reception and patronage / Ann Galbally
• Australian impressionism: a longer history / Sophie Gerherd and Hannah Presley
• Australian impressionism: a chronology / Sophie Gerherd
• Ephemeral magic: symbolism, poetry and the taste for transformation / Angela Hesson
• Australian impressionism and photography / Helen Ennis
• Music and Australian impressionism / Elizabeth Kertesz
• When is impressionism not impressionism? The case of Australian art at the turn of the nineteenth century / MaryAnne Stevens
• Notes
• List of works
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria in association with Thames & Hudson Australia, 2021,
xii, 289 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits (some colour)
Ewing and George Paton Galleriesview full entry
Reference: see Remembering the Ewing and George Paton Galleries by Charmaine Ching, in University of Melbourne Collections, issue 14, June 2014.
Publishing details: University of Melbourne Collections, issue 14, June 2014.
Contemporary artview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Allen Mickyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Althoff Ernieview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index.
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Annear Judyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Arkley Howardview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Badger Meredithview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barrie Rayview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bell Catherineview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bell Margaretview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bionski Annetteview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bram Stephenview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Brassington Patview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Brennan Angelaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Brophy Philipview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Brown-Rrap Julieview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rrap-Brown Julieview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bubbles Cooperativeview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bufardeci Louiseview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Burchill Janetview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Burke Janineview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Burns Timview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Callas Peterview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cantrill Arthur and Corinneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Clark Tonyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Clutterbuck Jockview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cole Peter Dview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cole Peter view full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Colquhoun Brettview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cook Lynneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Coventry Virginiaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cripps Peterview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cullen Philippaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Danko Aleksview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Davies Isobelview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Davies Suzanneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Davila Juanview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Davis Graemeview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Davis Johnview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Daylesford Community Artistsview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
De Clario Domenicoview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dumbrell Lesleyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Earthworks Poster Collectiveview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Edquist Harrietview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ely Bonitaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Engberg Julianaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Paton George Galleryview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
George Paton Galleryview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fogarty Annview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ford Sueview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Foss Paulview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gower Elizabethview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Grounds Joanview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Grounds Marrview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hansen Brieleview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Heartfield Johnview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hershman Lynnview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hughes Johnview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hunter Robertview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hutchinson Noelview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Johns-Messenger Natashaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Johnson Mitchview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Jones Lyndalview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Jones Stephenview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kane Juliusview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Keele-Bedford Deniseview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kelly Maryview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kennedy Peterview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kent Janeview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Koop Stuartview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kozic Mariaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kruger Barbaraview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Laughinghandsview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Laverack Louiseview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lethbridge Johnview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Longmore Patview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lowe Geoffview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lucas Noeleneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McDonald Fionaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McDonald Anneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Macinolty Chipsview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mann Chrisview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marrinon Lindaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marsh Anneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McCaughey Patrickview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McCulloch Tomview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McGilchrist Ericaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McPhee Doraview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mereweather Charlesview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Meyer Olafview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mortensen Kevinview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Murphy Berniceview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Murray-White Cliveview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Nagorka Ronview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Newmarch Annview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Nicholson Tomview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Nikoleski Vlaseview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Nixon Johnview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Nolan Roseview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
O’Halloran Davidview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
O’Connor Ailsa 2 refsview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Orr Jillview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Parkhill Leighview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Parr Mikeview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Parry Ianview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Performance artview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pinacotheca Galleryview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pollard Bruceview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Randall Robert Randelliview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Randelli - Randall Robert view full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Richard Nellyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Roberts Lisaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Robertson Toniview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Robertson Deniseview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rogers Meredithview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rooney Robertview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rosler Marthaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rubbo Kiffyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rumley Katrinaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Saul Shiraleeview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Schoenbaum Samview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Schutze Paulview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Shark le Witt Vivienneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
le Witt Vivienne Shark see also Shark le Wittview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Shepherd Saulview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Smith Terryview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stack Judyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stelarcview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stephen Annview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stephenson Janeview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stokes Christineview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Taylor Paulview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Tillers Imantsview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
To Hiramview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Traviato Ralphview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Tsk Tsk Tskview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Tyndall Mariaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Tyndall Peterview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Walker Kateview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Watson Jennyview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wee Cavanview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Weis Bobview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wicks Arthurview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wilson Davidview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wright Claudiaview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Women’s artview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Zahalka Anneview full entry
Reference: When you think about art : the Ewing and George Paton Galleries, 1971-2008, edited by Helen Vivian. Includes bibliographical references (pages 235-236) and index. [Artists with works illustrated or who have multiple references have been included in the Scheding Index].
[’Editor: Helen Vivian, Editor; with authors: Judy Annear, Dr Carolyn Barnes, Swinburne University, Sandra Bridie, Dr Janine Burke, Suzanne Davies, Juliana Engberg, Susan Hewitt, Dr Anne Marsh, Matthew Perkins and Elena Galimberti, Denise Robinson, Meredith Rogers, Vivienne Shark Lewitt, and Peter Tyndall.
This richly illustrated history provides an account of one of the most spirited art spaces in Melbourne. As Australia’s first publicly funded avant-garde space, the Ewing and George Paton Gallery was in a unique position. From the early 1970s it has fostered experimentation, encouraged new media and provided a forum for ideas and innovation.
The book details exhibitions and events which influenced the development of the visual arts in Australia. It examines the dramatic changes which took place from the experimentation of the seventies to the impact of Postmodernism in the eighties, through to the greater integration of these disparate forces today. This was a pivotal period in Australian contemporary art.
Over the decades the Gallery has exhibited Australia’s most acclaimed contemporary artists. Rare images of their work, along with early video art, have been recovered from the gallery archive and are reproduced in the book.
The Gallery’s impact extended far beyond its walls. It published widely including the important journals Art Almanac (1974 – 1982 and is continuing privately today), Arts Melbourne (1976-1977), and Agenda Contemporary Art (1988-1990). The Gallery was also a key centre for ideas. It ran an extensive seminar program featuring national and international luminaries, including: Jean Baudrillard, Germano Celant, Umberto Eco, Geeta Kapur, Mary Kelly, Lucy Lippard, Mario Merz, Marina Abramovic, Meaghan Morris, Gayatri Spivak, Bill Viola and many, many more.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art, 2008, 240 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Josephine Ghilchik 1890-1981view full entry
Reference: see Chiswick Auctions, May 13, 2021, UK, lot 487: JOSEPHINE GHILCHIK (BRITISH/AUSTRALIAN 1890-1981) An English Village in Summer signed Josephine Ghilchik (lower right) oil on canvas 64 x 45.5 cm together with JOSEPHINE GHILCHIK The Ruins signed Josephine Ghilchik (lower right) oil on canvas 27 x 37.5 cm JOSEPHINE GHILCHIK The Dressing Table signed Josphine Gilchik (lower left) oil on canvas 38.4 x 58.7 cm (3)
Dearling Florence 1895-1988view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd
May 30, 2021, lot Lot 950: FLORENCE DEARLING (1895-1988) (attributed) Self portrait oil on canvas blackwood frame.
FLORENCE DEARLING (1895-1988) (attributed)
Self portrait
oil on canvas
blackwood frame
Note: Dearling trained under George Bell in Melbourne
80 x 55cm
Wilson W Jview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd
May 30, 2021, Lot 971: W.J. WILSON (Australian school, 19th century), maritime scene, oil and gouache on board, signed lower left "WJW 1880", remains of artist label verso, ​24 x 34cm.
W.J. WILSON (Australian school, 19th century),
maritime scene,
oil and gouache on board,
signed lower left "WJW 1880",
remains of artist label verso,
24 x 34cm
Francis May and Alice Hobsonview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd
May 30, 2021, lot 998, MAY FRANCIS & ALICE HOBSON (19th century, Australian),
miniature portrait of William Stephen Hobson,
inscribed verso "William Stephen Hobson, began by May Francis, finished by Alice Hobson his daughter",
11 x 10cm overall
Hobson Alice and May Francis view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd
May 30, 2021, lot 998, MAY FRANCIS & ALICE HOBSON (19th century, Australian),
miniature portrait of William Stephen Hobson,
inscribed verso "William Stephen Hobson, began by May Francis, finished by Alice Hobson his daughter",
11 x 10cm overall
May Edgar Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 999, EDGAR CHARLES MAY & GEORGE HAMILTON,
The Lost Bushman,
lithograph; signed by May and initialled by Hamilton plate,
titled lower right, circa 1890,
15 x 21cm.
Hamilton Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 999, EDGAR CHARLES MAY & GEORGE HAMILTON,
The Lost Bushman,
lithograph; signed by May and initialled by Hamilton plate,
titled lower right, circa 1890,
15 x 21cm.
Doyle Nview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1003: N. DOYLE, (Australian, 19th century), The Britannia, watercolour, signed lower right "N.D." and "Doyle" in the flag, 27 x 48cm
Clark Rolandview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1012: ROLAND CLARK (Active 1890s - 1900s)
"North East of Melbourne, on Yarra near Warrandyte'',
watercolour, titled verso,
signed and dated "R.Clark '94" lower left,
28.5 x 48.5cm.
Besides the gold mine, the foreground of the picture shows extensive timber cutting and stacking next to the saw mill on the bank of the river.
Lydford A Lview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1021: A.L. LYDFORD (Australia),
kookaburra with mouse,
oil on board,
signed lower right "A.L. Lydford, 1943",
in oval frame,
42 x 27cm


Bellingham Bettyview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1025: BETTY BELLINGHAM (Australian), Melbourne skyline, early 20th century, oil on canvas, signed lower right "B. Bellingham", ​25 x 45cm
Dundas Thelmaview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1033: D.R. DUNDAS & THELMA DUNDAS,
"Love Lyrics" & "His First Love",
small watercolours, dated 15/4/1915,
(appear to be artwork for postcards),
framed together, overall 24 x 35cm.
Dundas D Rview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1033: D.R. DUNDAS & THELMA DUNDAS,
"Love Lyrics" & "His First Love",
small watercolours, dated 15/4/1915,
(appear to be artwork for postcards),
framed together, overall 24 x 35cm.
Malcolm Iview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1048: I. MALCOLM,
Terryll West Salt Works, Feb.1920,
oil on board,
signed at lower left (partly obscured by frame),
titled and dated verso,
30 x 87cm.
Lake Tyrrell is a shallow, salt-crusted depression in the Mallee district of north-west Victoria. The name is derived from the local Wergaia word for 'sky', the Boorong Aboriginal people of the area being distinguished for their interest in star-lore. During dry periods, people can walk on to the lake area by using places where salt has formed a solid surface. Salt was first harvested from Sea Lake in 1896. By 1900 Lascelles company was turning a profit but this was destroyed by droughts and pests. In 1963-64 Cheetham Salt took up a number of leases on Lake Tyrrell.
Bullen Leonard Aview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, lot 1069: LEONARD A. BULLEN (active 1930s-40s),
Group of (3) photo-lithographs, each titled and signed in the lower margin:
On the Steps of Parliament House, Melbourne,
Through an Arch of the Town Hall, Melbourne,
Station Tower, Melbourne,
the first 2 initialled in the plate; the last fully signed.
Various sizes.
Harrison Harold Wright 1897-1964view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021,
Lot 1082: HAROLD WRIGHT HARRISON (1897-1964), Florence Harrison (wife of the artist), oil on board, signed lower right "H. Wright Harrison", ​60 x 50cm
Baldwin Helen b1912view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021,
Lot 1123: HELEN BALDWIN (1912 - ?)
Gumnuts in her hair - Young woman (Lizzie) from Docker River,
watercolour on board,
signed lower right,
33 x 29cm.
With numbered exhibition label verso.
Baldwin's love of the Australian countryside led her to portray Aboriginal people and their way of life in her artwork. She travelled extensively along the western rivers, including the Barwon, the Namoi and others, and travelled extensively through Central Australia.
Arnold Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, Lot 1124: GEORGE ARNOLD (working 1940s - 60s), Collins Street, [Melbourne] Evening, watercolour on board, ​signed and dated "George Arnold '60" lower right, 33 x 48cm.
Dollery John b1933?view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions Pty Ltd., May 30, 2021, Lot 1142: JOHN DOLLERY (1933 - ) (The billy on the campfire), oil on canvas, signed and dated "1967" lower right, 50 x 75cm.
Select Language ▼
Lot 1145: JOHN DOLLERY (1933 - ) (A waterfall), oil on board, signed lower left,
Lot 1143: JOHN DOLLERY (1933 - ) (The Waterwheel), oil on board, signed lower left, 50 x 40cm.
Maroney Ross view full entry
Reference: An historian's sketchbook of Orange / by Ross Maroney
Publishing details: Orange City Council, c2003 
i, 79 p. : chiefly ill.
Ref: 1000
Vincent Helenview full entry
Reference: MOSLEY, Helen. FOLLOW THE FLUTE. Illustrated by Helen Vincent.
Publishing details: Melb. Georgian House. 1948. Or.Col.Ill.wrapps. Dustjacket. unpag. Many colour illustrations. 1st ed. Muir 5197.
Ref: 1000
Towers Winifred Maryview full entry
Reference: PHILP, Ruth. THE HAPPY THREE. Illustrations by Winifred M. Towers.
Publishing details: Stanthorpe, QLD. Samuel
Lee. 1961. (2nd ed) 4to. Col.ill.bds. 44pp. Some col & many b/w ills. Muir 5965.
Ref: 1000
Melrose Genevieveview full entry
Reference: SCRIVEN, Peter. THE TINTOOKIES AND LITTLE FELLA BINDI. Illustrated by Genevieve Melrose. Adapted from the Marionette Theatre of Australia's Little Fella Bindi.

Publishing details: Melb. Lansdowne Press. 1966. 4to. Or.bds. Dustjacket. 28pp. Many Col. ills. Dj. 1st ed. Muir 6642.
Ref: 1000
Mendoza June view full entry
Reference: SPAULL, George. POOK-A-NOO. Pictures by June Mendoza.
Publishing details: Syd. W.E. Smith. n.d. (1948) 4to. Or.qt.cl. & dec.bds. (sl.rubbed) 106pp. b/w ills. & 2 Col.plates. 1st ed. Muir 6991.
Ref: 1000
Bailey Johnview full entry
Reference: THIELE, Colin. GLOOP THE BUNYIP. Illustrated by John Bailey.
Publishing details: Brisbane. Jacaranda Press. 1962. Col.ill.bds. unpag. (46pp.) Many colour and part colour illustrations throughout.
Ref: 1000
Coulter R Wview full entry
Reference: WELLS, Ernest. MASTER DAVY'S LOCKER. A Story of Adventure in the Undersea. Illustrated by R.W. Coulter.
Publishing details: Syd. A & R. 1935. 4to. Or.ill.bds. Dustjacket. 131pp. Many b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
ADVERTISING SIGNSview full entry
Reference: ARNOLD, Ken. AUSTRALIAN ADVERTISING SIGNS. Valuation Guide. In this guide to collecting Australian advertising signs, tins, & other objects of historical memorabilia from Australia's retail past. Ken Arnold guides you through some of the
Publishing details: Golden Square, VIC. Crown Castleton 1996. Col.Ill. wrapps. 64pp. Light wear to corners. col & b/w ills. 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Australasian Artists at the French Salonsview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
French Salons and Australian artview full entry
Reference: see Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Salon paintingview full entry
Reference: see Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Thompson Tomview full entry
Reference: see Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Staines Allanview full entry
Reference: TAKE ME BACK TO THE EIGHTIES: REFLECTIVE SKETCHES FROM BRISBANE TO THE COAST
Publishing details: Caloundra: Allan Staines, 1982.
First Edition. Signed by Author
21cm x 26cm. 64 pages, black and white illustrations. White cloth, illustrated jacket.
Ref: 1000
Yurana Adina view full entry
Reference: POTPOURRI OF SEX, by Adina Yurana. unrecorded in Trove or OCLC.
Publishing details: Sydney: Howard Productions, 1972.
First Edition.
18cm x 12cm. [156] pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Fully illustrated throughout with black and white pinup and softcore photographs with comical captions opposite.
Ref: 1000
Castle Jview full entry
Reference: see The Book Merchant Jenkins catalogue, May, 2021:
WATERCOLOURS BY J. CASTLE
J. Castle
: J. Castle, No date.
Original Paintings.
Various sizes. 22 original watercolours.
Set of original watercolours by J. Castle, twenty of which are seascapes featuring a single boat, and one of a windmill on a grassy hill.
Most of the paintings are loose in plastic sleeves in a presentation folder, a few are mounted with a loose grip adhesive to the backing sheet and one is pasted to the front cover of the presentation folder. Paintings are in Fine Condition. Minor wear and soiling to the folder. Near Fine Condition.
Milledge Russellview full entry
Reference: see Viola Tusk 4

Claine Keily, Clair Hague, Javant Biarujia, Misha, Philip Sipp, Russell Milledge
Sydney: Viola Tusk Press, 1990.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 15cm. [68] pages, [5] colour photographs. Wrappers.

Limited edition artist book featuring words by Javant Biarujia, Claine Keily, Misha, and Philip Sipp. 5 mounted photo manipulation pieces by Clair Hague and Russell Milledge. Limited to 200 copies and signed by the press, this is number 119.
Publishing details: Sydney: Viola Tusk Press, 1990.
Hague Clair view full entry
Reference: see Viola Tusk 4

Claine Keily, Clair Hague, Javant Biarujia, Misha, Philip Sipp, Russell Milledge
Sydney: Viola Tusk Press, 1990.
First Edition. Signed by Author

21cm x 15cm. [68] pages, [5] colour photographs. Wrappers.

Limited edition artist book featuring words by Javant Biarujia, Claine Keily, Misha, and Philip Sipp. 5 mounted photo manipulation pieces by Clair Hague and Russell Milledge. Limited to 200 copies and signed by the press, this is number 119.
Publishing details: Sydney: Viola Tusk Press, 1990.
On Fire: Climate & Crisisview full entry
Reference: On Fire: Climate & Crisis, by Tim Riley Walsh.
“On Fire: Climate and Crisis accompanies the exhibition of same name curated by Tim Riley Walsh. Designed by Brisbane’s Studio Bland with a heat-responsive cover, this catalogue features newly commissioned texts from Amelia Barikin, Shannon Brett, Chari Larsson, Kevin O’Brien, Rachel O’Reilly and Tim Riley Walsh alongside full colour documentation from Carl Warner and Louis Lim.
The texts collected in On Fire: Climate and Crisis contextualise the exhibition and the work of its fifteen featured artists, looking to the past, present, and future via colonialism’s legacies, fire’s cultural relativity, and art’s insights in a troubled era.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2021.
First Edition, 120 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Wright Judithview full entry
Reference: Veil: Installations, Books and Video Walks. Foreword by Michael Snelling.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1998.
First Edition. 59, [3] pages, colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Cook Michaelview full entry
Reference: Civilised, by Michael Cook
“This body of work dresses Aboriginal Australians in the fashions of four European countries that visited Australia before and in the early stages of colonialisation: Spain, The Netherlands, England and France. It asks ‘what makes a person civilised?’ and suggests how different history might have been if those Europeans had realised that the Aborigines were indeed civilised.” (artist’s statement)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2012.
First Edition.

21cm x 21cm. [24] pages. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Coad Peterview full entry
Reference: Paintings and Drawings for the Film, The Tracker, by Peter Coad
:
Publishing details: Peter & Rosalie Coad, 2002.
First Edition. 59 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Plentyview full entry
Reference: Plenty: Women Artists of Townsville.
Catalogue of works with short biographies on Barbara Cheshire, Sylvia Ditchburn, Jackie Elmore, Marion Gaemers, Jane Hawkins, Connie Hoedt, Anne Lord, Karla Pincott, Trudi Prideaux, Anneke Silver, and Margaret Masse Wilson.
Publishing details: Sylvia Ditchburn
Townsville: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery, 1996.. [i], v, 29, [1] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Townsville artistsview full entry
Reference: Plenty: Women Artists of Townsville.
Catalogue of works with short biographies on Barbara Cheshire, Sylvia Ditchburn, Jackie Elmore, Marion Gaemers, Jane Hawkins, Connie Hoedt, Anne Lord, Karla Pincott, Trudi Prideaux, Anneke Silver, and Margaret Masse Wilson.
Publishing details: Sylvia Ditchburn
Townsville: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery, 1996.. [i], v, 29, [1] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactionsview full entry
Reference: Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
“Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.”
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Ref: 140
Asian Interactions with Australian artview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling
“Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.”
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Mills Wendyview full entry
Reference: Wendy Mills
“Wendy Mills has been recognised as a leading Australian Artist for over twenty years. With concerns that have been more ideological than theoretical, she has maintained a consistent clarity in her aesthetic and produced work increasingly outside of the mainstream art gallery arena. Her desire for this type of practice has led her into areas such as engineering, design and performance, with many of the pieces being realised through interdisciplinary collaborations.”
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2003.
First Edition. 56 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Habitatview full entry
Reference: Habitat: Artworks and Stories of Pine Rivers Gardens, by Lynette Letic, Renata Buziak
Catalogue of biochrome artworks by Renata Buziak accompanied by photographs by Lynette Letic of gardeners, their gardens, and short texts by them, in the Greater Brisbane Region.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Rough Paper Press, 2015.
First Edition. 32 pages, colour illustrations and photographs. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Letic Lynette view full entry
Reference: see Habitat: Artworks and Stories of Pine Rivers Gardens, by Lynette Letic, Renata Buziak
Catalogue of biochrome artworks by Renata Buziak accompanied by photographs by Lynette Letic of gardeners, their gardens, and short texts by them, in the Greater Brisbane Region.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Rough Paper Press, 2015.
First Edition. 32 pages, colour illustrations and photographs. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Buziak Renata view full entry
Reference: see Habitat: Artworks and Stories of Pine Rivers Gardens, by Lynette Letic, Renata Buziak
Catalogue of biochrome artworks by Renata Buziak accompanied by photographs by Lynette Letic of gardeners, their gardens, and short texts by them, in the Greater Brisbane Region.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Rough Paper Press, 2015.
First Edition. 32 pages, colour illustrations and photographs. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Performance Design in Australiaview full entry
Reference: Performance Design in Australia, Imogen Ross, Kristen Anderson.
With Eamon D’Arcy, Derek Nicholson, and Pamela Zeplin.
Publishing details: Sydney: Craftsman House, 2001.
First Edition. 240 pages, colour photographs. Black cloth, pink lettering, pictorial jacket.
Ref: 1000
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: Meet… Sidney Nolan. Illustrated by Sandra Eterovic, written by Yvonne Mes.

An illustrated biography of Sidney Nolan for children.
Publishing details: Sydney: Random House, 2015.
First Edition. Inscribed by Author

23cm x 29cm. [34] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated matte papered boards.
Eterovic Sandra view full entry
Reference: see Meet… Sidney Nolan. Illustrated by Sandra Eterovic, written by Yvonne Mes.

An illustrated biography of Sidney Nolan for children.
Publishing details: Sydney: Random House, 2015.
First Edition. Inscribed by Author

23cm x 29cm. [34] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated matte papered boards.
Creative Directory to Australia 1982- 85view full entry
Reference: The Creative Directory to Australia 1982/83, 1983/84, 1985 (3 Volumes)
The contact directory for Australian Creatives in the 1980s. Lists names, address, and phone numbers for individuals and agencies for any creative job from photographers, film production, and musicians, to model agencies, advertising, P.R., and more. Provided to Australia’s top advertiser’s these books were where to be found for advertising industry gigs.
Publishing details: Creative Publications
Hong Kong: Creative Publications, 1983.
First Edition.

25cm x 14cm. 3 volumes. Ring bound lettered boards.
Ref: 1000
Directory of artists 1982- 85view full entry
Reference: see The Creative Directory to Australia 1982/83, 1983/84, 1985 (3 Volumes)
The contact directory for Australian Creatives in the 1980s. Lists names, address, and phone numbers for individuals and agencies for any creative job from photographers, film production, and musicians, to model agencies, advertising, P.R., and more. Provided to Australia’s top advertiser’s these books were where to be found for advertising industry gigs.
Publishing details: Creative Publications
Hong Kong: Creative Publications, 1983.
First Edition.

25cm x 14cm. 3 volumes. Ring bound lettered boards.
Brown Leonard view full entry
Reference: Union With Reality: The Art of Leonard Brown.
Exhibition catalogue for Queensland artist Leonard Brown, being the first exhibition of both his abstract and Byzantine Icon works drawing from three decades of practice. This copy signed by Brown to the front flyleaf.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: QUT Art Museum, 2011.
First Edition. Signed by Author

23cm x 17cm. 68 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970view full entry
Reference: Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. [To be indexed fully]. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Brisbane Art World to 1970view full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Queensland Art view full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
What Is Appropriationview full entry
Reference: What Is Appropriation? An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s & 1990s, by Rex Butler.
It was probably Ad Reinhardt, though it could have been Sherrie Levine or even Andy Warhol, who remarked that you only know you are doing something original when everybody else is doing it. This book explores this and other paradoxes raised by the practice of appropriation the quotation and use of other artists’ work that became widespread in the 1980s. Why was the practice so uniquely popular in Australia? What did it say about the relationship of Australian art to the art of other countries; about white art to Aboriginal art; and about contemporary art to the art of the past? How and why does appropriation fundamentally challenge habitual ways of looking at pictures and thinking about art? The essays and pictures in this book provide answers to these questions, but always in the knowledge that the enigma of appropriation remains.”
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1996,
. 315 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Twelve Degrees of Latitudeview full entry
Reference: Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Queensland galleriesview full entry
Reference: see Twelve Degrees of Latitude: Regional Gallery and University Art Collections in Queensland, by Bettina MacAulay, Brett Adlington. An exhibition for the sesquicentenary of Queensland. Catalogue includes information about the galleries represented and works from their collections.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Museum and Gallery Services Queensland, 2009, 102 pages, colour illustrations.
Tuan Anh L Kview full entry
Reference: From My Cultural Journey to My Birthplace
- L. K. Anh Tuan
A retrospective catalogue of the work of Australian-Vietnamese visual artist L. K. Anh Tuan, with foreword and commentary by the artist himself.
Publishing details: Brisbane: L. K. Anh Tuan, 2016. 120 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Knox Alexanderview full entry
Reference: Maxims of Behaviour, by Alexander Knox

Catalogue for a large scale public art work involving light and architecture. DVD included.
Publishing details: Melbourne: City of Melbourne, 2009.
First Edition.

20cm x 21cm. [36] pages, colour photographs, 1 DVD. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Dodd Margaretview full entry
Reference: This Woman Is Not A Car - Margaret Dodd

Publishing details: Sydney: The Cross Art Projects, 2017.
First Edition.
[24] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Head in the Cloudsview full entry
Reference: Head in the Clouds - Ben Trupperbaumer, June Tupicoff, Ron McBurnie
Publishing details: Townsville: Gallery Services, Townsville City Council, 2017.
First Edition.

25cm x 28cm. 66 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Coen Margaretview full entry
Reference: From the Studio - Margaret Coen, by Meg Stewart.
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Sydney: Macquarie University, 2017.
First Edition.

20cm x 15cm. 45 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Recycled Libraryview full entry
Reference: Recycled Library: Altered Books. Alex Selenitsch, Artspace Mackay, Michael Wardell

A catalogue of works from the exhibition of the same name, which ran from September 4th to October 25th, 2009, at Artspace Mackay. Unnumbered edition of 1,500 copies.
Publishing details: Mackay: Artspace Mackay, 2009.
First Edition.
24cm x 17cm. 104 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Gittoes Georgeview full entry
Reference: Night Vision - George Gittoes

.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Mitchell Fine Art, 2016.
Ref: 1000
Berry Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Selected Contemporary Artists of Australia, by Michael Berry. ‘Looks at the works of 73 Australian artists.’ [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Krispin, 2003, hc, 148pp
Drawn with Love view full entry
Reference: Drawn with Love - Kathleen Shillam, Leonard Shillam

Publishing details: Brisbane: CopyRight Publishing, 2003.
Ref: 1000
Shillam Leonardview full entry
Reference: see Drawn with Love - Kathleen Shillam, Leonard Shillam

Publishing details: Brisbane: CopyRight Publishing, 2003.
Shillam Kathleenview full entry
Reference: see Drawn with Love - Kathleen Shillam, Leonard Shillam

Publishing details: Brisbane: CopyRight Publishing, 2003.
Zofrea Salvatoreview full entry
Reference: Immagini dai Salmi: Dipinti di Salvatore Zofrea, by Ted Snell

.
Publishing details: Basel: Gordon & Breach Arts International, 1993.
Ref: 1000
Working Spacesview full entry
Reference: Working Spaces: Art Practice in Process, by Daniel Mafe.
Exhibition catalogue of art and arts practice born from discussion between Daniel Mafe, Judith Wright, Jude Kentish, and Jill Barker.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Eyeline Publishing, 2002.
[vi], 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Dobell Memorial Lecture 1981view full entry
Reference: The Sixth Sir William Dobell Memorial Lecture: “The Post-War Years in Australian Art. Some lessons for the future.” by Joseph Burke.
Sir William Dobell, or “Bill,” as he preferred to be called, was a renowned Australian portrait and landscape artist, and many great thinkers and artists have been invited to present the Memorial Lecture founded in his honour. In its sixth iteration, in 1981, it was given by Emeritus Professor Sir Joseph Burke, one of Australia’s most significant art historians and a remarkably gifted orator, who had just the year before been made a Knight Commander of the Order of the British Empire (KBE). In this short but insightful text, Burke addresses himself to propaganda, media and the roles of the museum and politics in the art of the day, providing entertaining, educational and spirited thinking as relevant today as it was then.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Sir William Dobell Art Foundation, 1982.

Ref: 1000
Painters and Sculptors: Diversity in Contemporary Australian Artview full entry
Reference: Painters and Sculptors: Diversity in Contemporary Australian Art, by Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue with essays on 44 Australian artists exhibited at the Queensland Art Gallery and at the Museum of Modern Art, Saitama, Japan. Each artist’s work is accompanied by a short essay. List of artists: Davida Allen, Bruce Armstrong, David Aspden, Geoffrey Bartlett, Peter Booth, Paul Boston, Rodney Broad, Micahel Buzacott, Peter Cole, Peter Ellis, John Firth-Smith, James Gleeson, Denise Green, Robert Hunter, Robert Jacks, Vincas Jomantas, William Kelly, Stephen Killick, Robert Klippel, Jan King, Les Kossatz, Lou Lambert, Clifford Last, Keith Looby, Akio Makigawa, Victor Meertens, Robert Morris, John Olsen, Fiona Orr, David Paulson, John Peart, Anthony Pryor, Tom Risley, Ron Robertson-Swann, William Robinson, Gareth Sansom, Jan Senbergs, Gordon Spepherdson, Ian Smith, Madonna Staunton, Imants Tillers, Hossein Valamanesh, Ken Whisson, and David Wilson.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 1987,. 61 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
40 Years and Counting: UQ Art Museumview full entry
Reference: 40 Years and Counting: UQ Art Museum, by Evie Franzidis
Exhibition catalogue for the exhibition ‘beyond the Tower’. A History of the UQ Art Museum.
Publishing details: Brisbane: The University of Queensland Art Museum, 2016.
First Edition.

26cm x 20cm. 96 pages, colour photographs. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Ref: 1000
University of Queensland Art Museumview full entry
Reference: see 40 Years and Counting: UQ Art Museum, by Evie Franzidis
Exhibition catalogue for the exhibition ‘beyond the Tower’. A History of the UQ Art Museum.
Publishing details: Brisbane: The University of Queensland Art Museum, 2016.
First Edition.

26cm x 20cm. 96 pages, colour photographs. Pictorial french fold wrappers.
Lankester Joview full entry
Reference: Cornerstone - Jo Lankester
Catalogue for an exhibition held at the Perc Tucker Regional Gallery.
Publishing details: Townsville: Gallery Services, Townsville City Council, 2014.
78 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Matassoni Terry view full entry
Reference: Terry Matassoni: A Walk Into Town, by Caroline Field, Terry Matassoni

Publishing details: Geelong: Deakin University, 2003.
32 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Vesterberg Katarina view full entry
Reference: A Temporal View - Katarina Vesterberg

Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2014. 30 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Walker Deborahview full entry
Reference: Daemons and Deities - Deborah Walker
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2014.26 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Space Invadersview full entry
Reference: Space Invaders: Australian Street, Stencils, Posters, Paste-Ups, Zines, Stickers, by Jaklyn Babington.
Off the street and into the gallery. This exciting book looks at work from the past five years by some 35 contemporary artists from around Australia.
With Roger Butler, Din Heagney, Eloise Pierce and Alison Young.
Catalogue of an exhibition held at the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 30 October 2010 - 27 February 2011 and touring nationally in 2011.
Includes sticker sheet.
Includes bibliographical references.


Publishing details: Canberra: National Gallery of Australia, 2010. 129 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered boards, illustrated jacket.
Hypothetically Publicview full entry
Reference: Hypothetically Public, by Jenny Barrett, Michael Crayford
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Emu Plains: The Lewers Bequest and Penrith Regional Art Gallery, 1993. 56 pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Haunts & Folliesview full entry
Reference: Haunts & Follies. Catalogue for an exhibition of works by Penny Byrne, Sam Leach, Simon Mee, and Kate Rohde. Curated by Simon Mee.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Linden Centre for Contemporary Arts, 2012. 16 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Where are they now?view full entry
Reference: Where are they now? by John Hoare, Thomas Vale-Slattery
A study of the works of former arts students of the University College of Southern Queensland. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Toowoomba: University College of Southern Queensland, 1990.
First Edition.

30cm x 21cm. 80 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
University College of Southern Queensland art studentsview full entry
Reference: see Where are they now? by John Hoare, Thomas Vale-Slattery
A study of the works of former arts students of the University College of Southern Queensland.
Publishing details: Toowoomba: University College of Southern Queensland, 1990.
First Edition.

30cm x 21cm. 80 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Halpern Deborah view full entry
Reference: see Ceramics - Deborah Halpern, Fiona Murphy

Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Shepparton: Shepparton Art Gallery, 1990.
First Edition.

28cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Murphy Fionaview full entry
Reference: see Ceramics - Deborah Halpern, Fiona Murphy
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Shepparton: Shepparton Art Gallery, 1990.
First Edition.

28cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australiaview full entry
Reference: Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 140
Mehran Abbasview full entry
Reference: Abbas Mehran: Chapter One



Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2004. Unnumbered edition of 1,000 copies.
Ref: 1000
See Pamelaview full entry
Reference: Pamela See: The Fold


Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2010. Unnumbered edition of 500 copies.
Ref: 1000
Mee Simonview full entry
Reference: Shangri-Less, Simon Mee Artworks 2004-2014, by Rebecca Teo,

Publishing details: Melbourne: Melbourne Books, 2014.
First Edition.
Ref: 1000
McBurnie Ronview full entry
Reference: Metal As Anything - Ron McBurnie

Publishing details: Townsville: Perc Tucker Regional Gallery, 2009.
First Edition.
Ref: 1000
Atkin Mr S repousse classesview full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Early C20th. Maker unknown. Copper tray with gum nuts and leaves. Size: 0.8 x 25.8 x 13.1 cm
There are records in newspapers of the day that such work was very popular and was taught in “Mr S Atkin’s repousse classes at the Technical College”
One write-up described the work in 1915 of Emily Heist as “a clever Sydney artist in brass and copper repousse work”. After attending Mr Atkins classes Emily made her own designs, taking her inspiration from native flora in her garden. It was recorded that “She could take a plain piece of sheet copper or brass, and rapidly fashion it into a tray, ready for its decoration of wattle-bean, bush fuchsia, lillipillies, sheoak, gum leaves etc.” Emily worked in Coogee, NSW. She signed her work and is represented in AGNSW.
This hand beaten copper tray in the Arts & Crafts manner is decorated in each corner with motifs of gum nuts and gum leaves. It is unsigned, has a simple appearance and decoration, therefore perhaps a student piece.
An interesting paragraph explains the process of manufacture: “Hammering, hammering on the sand bag, annealing the article by fire, beating it on the steel anvil, into perfect shape, or in its setting of pitch, pricking out the design always with the copper or brass, kept at white heat by means of a gas jet, plenishing the leaves and working to a finish, using dozens of different mallets and punches, one can't say the work is exactly easy. 'But It is very interesting,' said Miss Leist, ‘and I love it. Just look what one can create.'
Heist Emily view full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Early C20th. Maker unknown. Copper tray with gum nuts and leaves. Size: 0.8 x 25.8 x 13.1 cm
There are records in newspapers of the day that such work was very popular and was taught in “Mr S Atkin’s repousse classes at the Technical College”
One write-up described the work in 1915 of Emily Heist as “a clever Sydney artist in brass and copper repousse work”. After attending Mr Atkins classes Emily made her own designs, taking her inspiration from native flora in her garden. It was recorded that “She could take a plain piece of sheet copper or brass, and rapidly fashion it into a tray, ready for its decoration of wattle-bean, bush fuchsia, lillipillies, sheoak, gum leaves etc.” Emily worked in Coogee, NSW. She signed her work and is represented in AGNSW.
This hand beaten copper tray in the Arts & Crafts manner is decorated in each corner with motifs of gum nuts and gum leaves. It is unsigned, has a simple appearance and decoration, therefore perhaps a student piece.
An interesting paragraph explains the process of manufacture: “Hammering, hammering on the sand bag, annealing the article by fire, beating it on the steel anvil, into perfect shape, or in its setting of pitch, pricking out the design always with the copper or brass, kept at white heat by means of a gas jet, plenishing the leaves and working to a finish, using dozens of different mallets and punches, one can't say the work is exactly easy. 'But It is very interesting,' said Miss Leist, ‘and I love it. Just look what one can create.'
Clayton Samuel convict artistview full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
3. Bookplate by Samuel Clayton. 1818. Bookplate by Samuel Clayton for Charles Manigault. Size: 10.7 x 6.7 cm
This is currently the earliest documented bookplate of Australian origin, engraved by convict artist Samuel Clayton in 1818, for the visiting American merchant Charles Izard Manigault (1795-1874). While in Sydney on a trading voyage he commissioned Clayton to produce a bookplate for him. Manigault wrote to his family:
"I had some of my visiting cards engraved by one of those talented convicts, S Clayton of New South Wales, by placing my signature with its usual flourish in his hand, he imitated it perfectly..... He also did several hundred of my Coat of Arms, now my bookplates."
Several of these bookplates have survived. They emerge occasionally in the USA and sometimes are available in Australia. Amazingly historical items.
Clayton (1793-1853) was a Dubliner transported to NSW in 1816 reputedly for forgery. In Sydney he went on to have a distinguished career as a silversmith, engraver, art teacher and portraitist. He engraved the plates for the first issue of notes by the Bank of NSW in April 1817.
Sargison Harold (1885-1983) silversmithview full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Circa 1920s or 1930s. Size: 13.1 cm long. Weight 17g
This silver butter knife by Harold Sargison (1885-1983) of Hobart has all the attributes of the Arts and Crafts movement, from the simple design to the hand plenishing.
Sargison spent a 5-year apprenticeship with JW Quarmby from 1901-1905 and worked in the manufacturing jewellery business till 1919 possibly for George Miller from whom he purchased the business. From 1920-1981 he operated his own shop and following his retirement it was known as Sargison’s Jewellers.
Although the design is reminiscent of the Arts & Crafts style, the workshop marks are one of those that Sargison used after 1960. This is an indicator that Sargison reused earlier designs for much of his life.

Maguire Mary of Balhannah SAview full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Mary Maguire of Balhannah SA, creator and seller, 2021. Depicting an outback scene with a homestead, windmill, kangaroo, tree and crows. 20 x 15 cm
The purse was purchased at Mary’s stall at the Easter 2021 Meadows Fair (SA) on 2 April (Good Friday). She told the owner she had been felting for two years and it takes about four hours to create each piece.
Needle felting is begun by rolling up a small amount of wool and stabbing it with the needle. When the wool is stabbed with the felting needle it pulls the wool into itself. By stabbing the wool with the needle over and over while turning the wool it continues to pull wool into itself and the wool, with its tiny scales, locks together. Continued stabbing and turning results in a firm round shape. Once there is a basic shape to start with wool is added where it is needed to form a sculpture.

Melrose Wareview full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Circa 1932. Melrose Ware made by 'Hoffman Brick and Tile Company’ (Melbourne based). Size: 13.5cm high and circumference 28.5 = Diam. 9 cm
The Melbourne based brick works 'Hoffman Brick and Tile Company’ took over a small art-pottery in about 1932 and produced a range of decorative ceramics, called Melrose ware and almost invariably marked as such.
Courtesy of Robert Stevens and Greg Hill the owner found out that the modeller of the koala jug was a multi-talented gentleman called Ted Kaye.
The owner has several pieces from their range - mostly vases and planters - the koala remains a favourite of hers, but she also has some other interesting items by Melrose including an item that appears to depict the Qantas flying kangaroo before it was adopted by the airline.
Advertisements in the 1930’s claim “wonderful developments in Australian Pottery”, and Melrose pottery appears to be part of this, presumably in competition to imports. An advertisement in Herald (Melbourne) 10 May 1832, p 3. is entitled
“Here’s proof that Australians can make EXQUISITE POTTERY Melrose Pottery VASES
You will be delighted with this Australian Pottery! Manufactured by Hoffman Potteries, Brunswick. Vases and Bowls in artistically glazed effects, rich colourings.
New shapes and treatments. Priced at from 1/6 to 12/6. ...”.
Later that year Melrose art pottery is described “in lovely blue or green tonings. Newest squat shape with handles. Big range or other shapes and designs from 3/6 each.”
The Age 3 Apr 1935 p 11. An advertisement for Australian pottery in 1935 states:
“A delightful selection of inexpensive pottery is being specially shown at The Mutual. The display includes "Melrose," In blues, greens, pink and flambe; Campbell's Tasmanian Pottery, In green; Aboriginal Pottery, by Wm. Ricketts; and
Handcraft pieces by Merric Boyd, Castle Harris, Philippa James and The Austral Pottery. Prices range from as low as 1/3. China dept., third floor, THE MUTUAL STORE, op. Flinders-street station.”
See also item 12 from another contributor:
1930s. Melrose Ware. Size: each 14.3 x 10.3 x 6.5 cm
The label on the bookends reads ‘Mel-rose Ware, Made in Australia’ and has the remains of the production details, unfortunately some of the details have been eroded by abrasion. Please refer to the extensive information about Melrose ware with item 9.

Clark Margaret Grace view full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Margaret Grace Clark ‘Autumn Fairy’, 1901-1929. Coloured pen, ink and gouache drawing. Dimensions: 23.5 x 16 cm
Last year one of our members bought this painting at auction, a reminder of the fairy tale books of her childhood. The artist’s great niece, Vivien Kells, contacted her shortly afterwards as she is keeping a record of the works and runs a not-for-profit website Federation Fairies.

Margaret illustrated in coloured pen, ink and gouache drawings. In 1918, Margaret was commissioned to produce illustrations for Sweetacres, the confectionary manufacturers. Her only formal training was a brief term at the Julian Ashton School of Art in Sydney.
Margaret wrote short stories, poetry and illustrated in the children’s magazine Young Australia and in the
1st edition of the Steele Rudd Magazine published in Toowoomba. Angus and Robertson approached Margaret in 1920 to write and illustrate a book, which unfortunately was unable to be completed in the time frame.
In 1924, five of her illustrations were included among artists such as May Gibbs and Margaret Preston at the Sydney Society or Women Artists Annual Exhibition. Later in 1925 a series of 6 postcards were produced, which are now sought after by collectors.
In 1926 Margaret had a solo exhibition at the St James Theatre (now demolished) which was a great success ‘with rave reviews’ appearing in three major Sydney newspapers. All 23 illustrations sold at prices between 3.5 and 6 guineas. Unfortunately Margaret was duped out of the proceeds.
In July 1929 and December 1930 two large, coloured friezes were included as special supplements to the magazine “Australian Childhood.”
After her marriage in 1929, Margaret devoted herself to family life and raising her 3 boys and stopped producing her work.
Author, Robert Holden included 2 of Margaret’s illustrations in a 1985 publication “The Golden Age of Australian Fantasy”. He was unaware that Margaret was still alive until a niece attending the book launch arranged a meeting between the author and artist. Robert Holden was delighted and became the driving force behind the 1986 exhibition at the S.H. Ervin Gallery. Thirty of the estimated 120 + works were on display – just on 60 years after her first solo exhibition.
Some of her works are held at the Mitchell Library. The Dromkeen Collection in Victoria held a lot of her illustrations, the majority of which are now held in The State Library of Victoria. Art dealer Josef Lebovic has also sold her works.
Vivien and other family members still hold some of her works. Vivien reproduces copies of Margaret’s work through cards, posters and calendars. She has published a book -Discovering the Genius of Margaret Clark – from which (with Vivien’s permission) the above information was obtained.
Greenway E G potteryview full entry
Reference: see Eleventh Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report, May 2021:
Circa 1950s. Made by EG Greenway pottery. Size: 11.5 x 32 x 9 cm
The EG Greenway pottery was established by Ellen and Herbert Greenway in 1944. Ellen had produced pottery items for many years, initially decorating blank pots purchased from the Hoffmans pottery works but later creating the pots from scratch before decorating them. Her business was quite successful. However, Ellen died in 1946 and her husband none-the-less kept the business in her name and purchased 4.5 acres in Blackburn where he built an ideal factory in her memory. "Her husband resolved to proceed regardless, and, acquiring 4.5 acres at Blackburn, declared that the complex would be a memorial to his late wife: "It must be lovely.

Everything about it must be expressive of the inspiring life of Ellen Grant Greenway – a beautiful building in a beautiful setting with ideal conditions for the workpeople"1.
Sunday Times (Perth) 28 Aug 1932 p 5 gives a description of some of her earlier work known as Leslie ware. ATTRACTIVE POTTERY DISPLAY Western Australian Wildflowers
E. G. Greenway Pty. Ltd. took over Mayfair Pottery Salon and Suedette Manufacturing Co. 98 St. David Street. Fitzroy Victoria in 1944.
The infinite variety of color and design found in Western Australian wildflowers has proved a source of inspiration to many an artist, whether for water color [sic], oils, china painting or wood work, and it is mainly owing to the work of these craftsmen that our native flora is so widely known.
China painting and water colors [sic] have, to date, been the most popular means of expression, but the wild flowers are now to be seen in a new form.
Messrs. Caris Bros, Jewellers, Barrack-street, conceived the idea of arranging for pottery to be designed with wild flowers, and, after negotiating with Melbourne, they have placed an attractive display on view. The pottery is neutral toned Leslie ware, and each piece is hand-painted by
E.G. Greenway. The designs cover a comprehensive range of flowers including boronia, spider and donkey orchids, wattle, Christmas bush, banksia, Geraldton wax, flowering gum, kangaroo paws, and leschenaultia.
The pieces take the form of vases, and range in size and shape from 3in. Grecian models, to 18in. Egyptian design. One dainty vase, in Chinese green, patterned with a delicate spray of fluffy wattle, another is a sturdy barrel-shape, toned in brown, and wrought with colorful [sic] flame flowering gum; a tall urn is stone colored [sic], showing brilliant Christmas bush, and leschenaultia adorns the pottery of all shapes and sizes. The diversity of patterns has already popularised the new ware, which is equally suitable for china rail decoration or utility ware.
Advertisements for staff continued till August 1954 after which the pottery presumably closed. Herbert Greenway died in 1977.
Addy Jview full entry
Reference: see Art Marketplace auction of the stock of Nevin Hirst, masterpiece gallery, Hobart on Sunday 30th May, 2021:
LOT 1
J Addy (Colonial School, Possibly Tasmanian 19th Century)
Portrait of a Boy with Toy Horse and Fishing Rod.
LOT 1
J Addy (Colonial School, Possibly Tasmanian 19th Century)
Portrait of a Boy with Toy Horse and Fishing Rod
Watercolour on Paper
Signed Location: Signed lower left
25 cm x 20 cm

Estimate: $2,500 to $3,500
Provenance: Contents of Dysart House, Kempton, Tasmania, Mossgreen, 23 October 2011, lot 526
Bedwell Edward Parker view full entry
Reference: see Art Marketplace auction of the stock of Nevin Hirst, masterpiece gallery, Hobart on Sunday 30th May, 2021:
LOT 2
Edward Parker Bedwell
Salmon Ponds, New Norfolk, 1873
Watercolour on Paper
Signed Location: Signed lower right
17 cm x 24.5 cm
Dinham George 1807-1886view full entry
Reference: see Art Marketplace auction of the stock of Nevin Hirst, masterpiece gallery, Hobart on Sunday 30th May, 2021:
LOT 10
George Dinham (1807-1886)
Deep Creek, Tasmanian River Landscape, 1883
Oil on Board
Signed Location: Signed & dated lower right
42 cm x 31.5 cm

Zofrea Salvaroreview full entry
Reference: Salvatore Zofrea : The Creation - 7 etchings, edition of 10
Publishing details: Macquarie Galleries, nd
Ref: 1000
Lik Peterview full entry
Reference: Equation of Time. With numerous, mostly color, double-page photographic illustrations. ‘Epic photobook of extremely stunning photographic panoramas, full of fascinating colour and magical moments, by multi-award winning Australian photographer Peter Lik.’
Publishing details: Las Vegas, Lik Fine Art Photography, 2015. 528 pp. 70 x 50 cm. Original half-leather binding in original canvas case with original cardboard box
Ref: 1000
Gould John 1804-1881view full entry
Reference: A century of birds from the Himalaya mountains. ‘Beautifully illustrated with 80 hand-colored lithographed plates depicting 102 birds, including hawks, owls, woodpeckers, hornbills and kingfishers, etc., drawn by Elizabeth Gould (1804-1841) from sketches by her husband. First number with colorless backgrounds (second number has plants and colorful backgrounds). Text by N. Vigors. John Gould learned taxidermy at Windsor Castle, where his father worked as a foreman of the garden team. In 1827, he became curator of the museum of the Zoological Society of London. The arrival in 1830 of a collection of exotic bird skins mainly from the Indian Himalayas enabled him to produce this first of his many superb folio bird books, later followed by the multiple volumes of Birds. of Europe (1832-1837) and Birds of Australia (1840-1848).

Publishing details: London, s.n., [1831-] 1832. Large folio (560 x 385 mm), [6-72] ff., 80 plates. Dark green half-sheepskin with corners, flats with gold fillets and cold-stamped friezes, titled and gold-decorated ribbed spine, gilded head, pink paper guards (period binding).
Very rare first edition, first issue of the first folio book on birds by the famous British ornithologist and naturalist
John Gould (1804-1881).
Ref: 1000
Gould Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see A century of birds from the Himalaya mountains. ‘Beautifully illustrated with 80 hand-colored lithographed plates depicting 102 birds, including hawks, owls, woodpeckers, hornbills and kingfishers, etc., drawn by Elizabeth Gould (1804-1841) from sketches by her husband. First number with colorless backgrounds (second number has plants and colorful backgrounds). Text by N. Vigors. John Gould learned taxidermy at Windsor Castle, where his father worked as a foreman of the garden team. In 1827, he became curator of the museum of the Zoological Society of London. The arrival in 1830 of a collection of exotic bird skins mainly from the Indian Himalayas enabled him to produce this first of his many superb folio bird books, later followed by the multiple volumes of Birds. of Europe (1832-1837) and Birds of Australia (1840-1848).

Publishing details: London, s.n., [1831-] 1832. Large folio (560 x 385 mm), [6-72] ff., 80 plates. Dark green half-sheepskin with corners, flats with gold fillets and cold-stamped friezes, titled and gold-decorated ribbed spine, gilded head, pink paper guards (period binding).
Very rare first edition, first issue of the first folio book on birds by the famous British ornithologist and naturalist
John Gould (1804-1881).
Goodsir Agnesview full entry
Reference: see Colville Auctions, Tasmania, June 7, 2021, lot 15, Agnes Goodsir (1864-1939) Australia France
(Standing Nude)
Oil on canvas
Signed dated lower right
Dimensions
89 x 59cm (stretcher) 103 x 73cm (fr)
Artist or Maker
Agnes Goodsir (1864-1939) Australia France
Medium
Oil on linen
Date
1902
Condition Report
Very Good
Notes
Agnes Goodsir (1846-1939) Born in Victoria in 1864, Agnes Goodsir studied with Arthur T. Woodward at the Bendigo School of Mines from 1898 to 1899 and later in Paris at the Academie de la Grande Chaumiere, the Academie Julian, Colarossi’s and Academie Delecluse. Principally a portrait and floral painter working in oils, she lived in Paris from 1900 until her death in 1939. She was elected an Associate of the New Salon in 1924, and a Member in 1926 and was awarded a Silver Medal at the New Salon in 1924, as well as exhibiting at the Royal Academy and the Royal Institute in London. On a short visit to Australia in 1927 she exhibited at the Macquarie Galleries in Sydney and the Fine Arts Gallery in Melbourne. In 1938 four of her oils were shown at the sesquicentennial exhibition at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. NGA collection includes a work The Parisienne c1924 which highlights her portraiture and her close association with Rachel Dunn, nicknamed Cherry. Her forte in portraiture included paintings of Banjo Paterson and Bertrand Russell. In 1998 a retrospective of her work was held at the Bendigo Art Gallery and The Goodsir Scholarship awarded by the Bendigo Art Gallery is named in her memory
Klitz Robertview full entry
Reference: See MCTEAR'S auction Glasgow, 19 May 2021, lot 35, ANTHONY ROBERT KLITZ (BRITISH 1917 - 2000), LIFFEY RIVER, DUBLIN oil on board, signed and inscribed with title verso 37cm x 91cm Framed. Note: Major Tony Klitz was best known for his paintings of London and from the early 1950's his paintings were regularly exhibited and sold by both Liberty's and Harrods. He exhibited widely in the UK and much of his work was sold to America, Europe and Australia. International exhibitions of his work were also held in New York, Paris, Sydney, Dublin and Cork. His Dublin scenes are rare but an example was sold at Morgan O'Driscoll (Dublin) on 12th November 2018 for a hammer price of 1600 Euros (St Patrick's Cathedral, Dublin, a 51 x 61cm oil on canvas, lot 129).
Leckie Alexanderview full entry
Reference: See MCTEAR'S auction Glasgow, 19 May 2021, lot 91: ALEXANDER (ALEX) LECKIE (SCOTTISH 1932 - 2010), DUNVEGAN CASTLE watercolour, signed and titled 24.5cm x 34.5cm Mounted, framed and under glass. Note: So far as we can determine, this is the first watercolour by Alex Leckie to be offered at auction. It is assumed that this work dates from around 1950. Note 2: Alex Leckie’s name was inextricably linked to The Glasgow School of Art. It was where he had begun studying in 1950 when, as the then Academic Registrar (Sir) Harry Barnes would later recollect, he was admitted ‘by the back door’, having shown a great deal of promise but possessing none of the normal qualifications to gain entry. It is unsurprising that the young Alex Leckie didn’t take to the disciplines of the post-war British education system, given his rather idiosyncratic upbringing. His father was an ardent communist and political activist who, nonetheless, instilled an appreciation of the arts into his son. The Leckie household library was extensive, containing several thousand books, and there were visits to art galleries and museums where he developed his appreciation of the work of ancient cultures, echoes of which would be found in his own ceramics in later years. Leckie excelled at art school and was offered the chance to complete a Post-Graduate Diploma. In 1955, and in imminent danger of being called up for National Service, Leckie decided to move to Australia. Having relatives in South Australia he settled in Adelaide where he soon found employment throwing garden pots at Bennetts Magill Pottery, a job which he would later describe as providing ‘good discipline’. Enquiries at the South Australian School of Art led him to discover that he was the most highly qualified potter in South Australia, a situation which, rather ironically given his background, led to him being employed in 1956 as a teacher of ‘pottery and sculpture’. The episode of Leckie swimming naked in the River Torrens and of his subsequent arrest (a seemingly trifling incident which provided front page titillation for the tabloid press and ultimately led to Leckie’s dismissal from his teaching post in 1962), introduced a surprisingly productive period during which he exhibited widely, undertaking many important commissions and becoming President of the Contemporary Art Society of South Australia. In 1964, he was one of three Australian ceramicists chosen to represent that country in the International Ceramics Exhibition in Tokyo, with his work, Destroyed City also appearing on the cover of Pottery in Australia. In 1966, Alex Leckie decided to return to Britain. He spent a short time in London at the Central School of Art before returning to Scotland, where he was appointed Head of Ceramics at the Glasgow School of Art in 1968, a position he held for the next twenty years. In an obituary published in The Scotsman, Jimmie Macgregor wrote that Alex Leckie ‘ … took a moribund ceramics department by the scruff of the neck, completely transforming it and turning out students who were a credit to the school.’ Alex Leckie died in Paisley in 2010 aged 77. Three of Alex Leckie's ceramic decanters were sold by McTear's in November 2018 achieving hammer prices of £480, £550 & £650.
Kent Reidview full entry
Reference: From NGA Prints & Printmaking
KENT, O. Reid
Male
Worked: Australia? Woodcuts 1930s
Printmaker
French salon exhibitorsview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salon, by Tom Thompson

From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented.

Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage.

This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.

Tom Thompson, the compiler of this book, is a publisher of Australian arts and letters, and broadcaster on ABC Radio.
Publishing details: 2019, pb, 140pp
Thompson Tom 1923-2019 obituaryview full entry
Reference: from National Art School website:
VALE THOMAS (TOM) THOMPSON [1923-2019]
On behalf of the National Art School, it is very sad to hear of the loss of alumnus and former staff member Thomas (Tom) Thompson (1923-2019), who died in Sydney at the age of 95 on 13 July 2019.
Born on the 16 November 1923 in Narrabri, NSW, Tom studied at the National Art School on a Commonwealth Reconstruction Training Scholarship (CRTS) from 1947 to 1950 after serving in World War Two as a tank gunner in Bougainville. His fellow students included Tony Tuckson, Guy Warren, Bert Flugelman, John Coburn and Robert Klippel. A talented student, he graduated with a Painting Diploma and was awarded the College Medal.
After finishing his studies, he went to England where he worked as a night watchman for the National Gallery in London. After a period overseas, he taught at the South Australian School of Art from 1952 to 1955.
Tom returned to the National Art School as a teacher in 1955, teaching painting and drawing for over 20 years. A great chronicler of events, he helped preserve the NAS Collection, and did many drawings of the site, its history and its occupants. Fifty-seven of his drawings of fellow artists are held in the State Library of NSW, and many of these are of teachers at the NAS. From 1975 to 1976 he was Head of the School of Art and Design before resigning to paint full time in his studio in Braidwood, NSW.
Influenced by Italian renaissance painting, Tom painted a number of large murals during his career. His commissioned works included murals for the International Air Terminal at Mascot, Sydney, three panels in tempera for Australia House, London, and a major mural for Parramatta City Council depicting the early days of the city.
His work was included in the Tate Gallery Exhibition of Australian Art, 1963, and he exhibited widely throughout Australia as well as undertaking a number of study tours of Europe. Thompson’s work was exhibited in The Studio Tradition, Manly Art Gallery, 2001, and Lines of Fire in the NAS Gallery in 2008, and ten of his student works are represented in the NAS Collection. His work is held in the National Gallery of Australia, State galleries in Victoria, South Australia, Western Australia, and Wellington, New Zealand.
The National Art School extends condolences to Tom’s family and friends. He will be greatly missed by his former colleagues and many students.
Steven Alderton
Director and CEO, National Art School

Wilmot Cview full entry
Reference: see see Sworders auction, UK, 18.5.21, lot 170: Company School, 19th century
Parakeet:
Parrot;
and one further exotic bird study
watercolour and bodycolour, watermark 'C. WILMOT 1825'
20.5 x 16cm and similar (3)

Longstaff Will view full entry
Reference: see MCTEAR'S Glasgow, lot 89, 19 May 2021: CAPTAIN WILLIAM FREDERICK LONGSTAFF (AUSTRALIAN 1879 - 1953), HYDE PARK CORNER, EVENING watercolour on paper, signed, titled in the mount 17cm x 17cm Mounted, framed and under glass. Note: One of the very rare series of London night-time scenes by an artist who achieved international acclaim for his 1927 painting "Menin Gate at Midnight" also known as "Ghosts of the Menin Gate". Will Longstaff truly excelled at night-time scenes with monumental architecture and people portrayed in moonlight and yet he painted only four or possibly five known war memorial compositions and a small series of London night-time scene watercolours, preferring to focus on landscapes, portraits and still lifes. Menin Gate at Midnight was painted to commemorate those soldiers with no marked graves on the Western Front during the First World War. Longstaff attended a ceremony dedicating the Menin Gate memorial to the soldiers of the British empire forces, just outside the town of Ypres, Belgium, on 24 July 1927. The memorial was dedicated to the 350,000 men of the British and Empire forces who had died in battles around Ypres, and bears the names of 55,000 men with no known grave, over 6,000 of whom were Australians. Longstaff was profoundly moved by what he witnessed and that night and on returning to his studio in London he painted 'Menin Gate at Midnight' in a single session. He painted a story of the missing soldiers coming back to rest at last in the memorial at Ypres, not to haunt the living anymore. At last there was a proper place of mourning and a proper resolution of the soldiers’ story. The widows, parents and the children could now become fully what they were, and accept the dead men’s memories into their own. The painting caused a sensation. People crowded in to see it in London, Manchester and Glasgow. It was shown at Buckingham Palace by royal command. Lord Woolavington, formerly Sir James Buchanan, a wealthy whisky distiller and philanthropist whose wife had nursed wounded soldiers in London hospitals, bought the picture for the remarkable sum of £2,000, perhaps £300,000 in today’s money and double the price of comparable works by the best known artists of the day. Woolavington gave the painting to Australia. The painting toured in every Australian State. Every exhibition drew record crowds, and seasons were often extended. In Perth, a city of some 163,000 people, the public art gallery recorded more than 100,000 visits. Today 'Menin Gate at Midnight' has achieved the status of a national icon. One of Will Longstaff's best known collectors was Sir Arthur Conan Doyle and he bought one of the other three war memorial paintings which Longstaff created. Conan Doyle and Longstaff "had rooms" in the same building on the Buckingham Palace Road and both had a well documented interest in Spiritualism. These four paintings were brought together for the first time as the Australian War Memorial's Exhibition "Will Longstaff: Art & Remembrance" (20 November 2001 to 10 February 2002). Will Longstaff died on 1 July 1953 at Littlehampton, Sussex.



Rae Janview full entry
Reference: TRAVEL SKETCHES: THE ILLUSTRATED OBSERVATIONS OF A TANGO DANCER IN BUENOS AIRES, by Jan Rae.
Publishing details: Byron Bay: Jan Rae, 2019.
First Edition. 86 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers
Ref: 1000
Wright Peterview full entry
Reference: GARCON, by Greg Fenton; Peter Wright
[’A collection of male nudes. Photographs by Greg Fenton. Drawings by Peter Wright. Scarce Australian gay erotica.’]
Publishing details: Sydney: Christopher Wilde Productions, No date.
First Edition.
27.5cm x 21.5cm. [56] pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial saddle- stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Fenton Greg photographerview full entry
Reference: see GARCON, by Greg Fenton; Peter Wright
[’A collection of male nudes. Photographs by Greg Fenton. Drawings by Peter Wright. Scarce Australian gay erotica.’]
Publishing details: Sydney: Christopher Wilde Productions, No date.
First Edition.
27.5cm x 21.5cm. [56] pages, black and white illustrations. Pictorial saddle- stapled wrappers.
Abbott Johnview full entry
Reference: see Scheding Berry Fine Art records for:
Sheet music:
[THE] SONG OF THE FAIR EMIGRANT / written by John Abbott Esq.;~/
composed by F.H. Henslowe Esq.;~/Hobart Town./ Published by R. V. Hood, lithographer, Liverpool St. [HOBART TOWN]/1854.
8 pages
letterpress on cover as described above, with additional title ‘Hobarton, Tasmania’ printed directly below image.
stapled (twice) at left. (Staples not original. The original binding was possibly string, similar to the binding of the State Library of Tasmania copy)
29.6 x 26.2 cm
image size of cover lithograph: 17.7 x 23.7 cm

The cover shows a lithographed view of Hobart Town from Knocklofty

Page 1 is headed: ‘The Song of the Fair Emigrant/Written by John Abbott Esq. … Composed by F. H. Henslowe Esq. The song is printed on the following pages.

Condition: The cover with image is foxed. There is a 1.5 cm tear at centre-right edge of cover. There is a stain lower left-hand corner approximately 2 cms. Small tears and small holes at left-hand edge with some old repairs.

Provenance: Tulloch’s Auction, Launceston, Tasmania, 15 July, 2015, lot 259.

Another copy is in the State Library of Tasmania. According to Tulloch’s Auctions they sold another copy ‘some time ago’. We have been unable to locate any other copies.

It is possible that the creator of the image was John Abbott (see below).

References:
DAAO (biographies of John Abbott and Robin Vaughan Hood, see below)
Craig, Clifford, The Engravers of Van Diemen, Launceston: Tasmanian Historical Research Association, 1961, p.106. Craig lists this lithograph and three other prints on music sheets. Scan attached below.

*

Biography of John Abbott from Design and Art Australia Online:
Patricia R. McDonald,
Date written: 1992
Last updated: 2011

John Abbott, b. 1803 NSW, Artist (Painter)

This sketcher, watercolourist and songwriter became the registrar-general of births, deaths and marriages in Van Diemen's Land in the mid nineteenth century. His watercolours were exhibited in the 1866 Melbourne and 1870 Sydney Intercolonial Exhibitions.

This sketcher, watercolourist and songwriter became the registrar-general of births, deaths and marriages in Van Diemen's Land in the mid nineteenth century. His watercolours were exhibited in the 1866 Melbourne and 1870 Sydney Intercolonial Exhibitions. - Sketcher, songwriter, surveyor, soldier and public servant, was born in New South Wales, son of Major Edward Abbott and his wife Louisa, daughter of Admiral Smith. Between 1789 and 1810 his father served with the NSW Corps and in 1815 was appointed the first Deputy Judge-Advocate of Van Diemen’s Land. By 1824 John was clerk to the Hobart Town bench of magistrates. Four years later, after applying for a position with the VDL Survey Department, John Abbott moved to Sydney and joined the NSW Surveyor-General’s Department under Thomas Mitchell. By 1832 he was assistant surveyor in charge of the approaches to the new Lennox Bridge at Lapstone in the lower Blue Mountains.

Abbott later returned to Van Diemen’s Land where he was registrar-general of births, deaths and marriages in 1840-57. In 1842 he acquired 640 acres at Gordon on the D’Entrecasteaux Channel and built a house that he named Rookwood. Abbott never married. He devoted considerable time to gardening and to his various cultural interests, including painting watercolour sketches and writing the words for the 'Song of the Fair Emigrant’, published as sheet music by the Hobart Town lithographer R.V. Hood in 1854.

Towards the end of his life Abbott sent three entries to the 1866 Melbourne Intercolonial Exhibition: a watercolour view of the locale of the coal on his property; a Book of Tasmanian Scraps, from an Australian Native; and Busts of Tasmanian Natives . He certainly executed the first two, but was probably only the exhibitor of the third (possibly busts of Truganini and Woureddy by the Tasmanian sculptor Benjamin Law ). His Book of Tasmanian Scraps was awarded a medal and was subsequently shown at the 1870 Sydney Intercolonial Exhibition where he also showed a watercolour of D’Entrecasteaux Channel (possibly the same 1866 view) and another of his drawings, Dogs, was exhibited by C. Barrer.

Abbott died in Hobart Town on 10 July 1875, aged 71. His only painting held in a public collection is a monochrome watercolour dated 1828, The Boat Harbour of Woollooderra [now Ulladulla, New South Wales], as seen from the S.W., which was transferred from the Lands Department to the Mitchell Library in 1921. Other sketches survive with descendants.

Hood Robin Vaughanview full entry
Reference: see Biography of Robin Vaughan Hood from Design and Art Australia Online
Staff Writer, 1992; Last updated: 2011:

Lithographer, printer, frame-maker and fine arts dealer, arrived at Hobart Town in the Warrior on 27 June 1833. No original artwork by Hood is known, but he was an integral part of Hobart's cultural life. He was accompanied by his wife Sarah née Lloyd, his 14-year-old stepson Richard Lloyd, and his 5-year-old son Robin Lloyd. On his arrival he gave his occupation as carpenter, but he soon abandoned general carpentry for the specialist trades of carver, gilder and frame-maker. His first known address was 1 Murray Street ('near St David’s Church’) in 1836. He moved to 108 Elizabeth Street in March 1838, then to a 'weatherboarded house’ in New Town Road which was destroyed by fire in November 1840. The following year he built a shop and residence at 34 Liverpool Street which he called Somerset House.

Following the success of the art exhibition organised by John Skinner Prout and others at the Legislative Council Chambers on 6 January 1845, Hood built a gallery adjacent to his Liverpool Street premises. In February 1846 he advertised that the gallery was ready, and the committee held its second exhibition there on 24 May. Hood’s gallery became the focus for the exhibition and sale of fine arts in Hobart exhibiting, among others, the works of painters such as John Glover and Thomas Wainewright and, later, Haughton Forrest . When Prout left for London in April 1848 Hood bought his lithographic equipment and began a new career as lithographer and printer. Clifford Craig has noted that all known Hood prints were published after the purchase of Prout’s press. The earliest are probably a series of whaling prints drawn on the stone by William Duke and published by Hood in September 1848.

Hood showed picture frames at London’s Great Exhibition in 1851 and in Paris in 1855. Yet he apparently intended his career to be short for in February 1851 he retired in favour of his son, Robin Lloyd Hood (1828-1916), who became a well-known printer and frame-maker in his own right. Despite this public withdrawal, however, Hood seems to have continued lithographic printing from his residence at Fitzroy Place, publishing lithographs by Frank Dunnet in November 1858 and Henry D’Emden in 1861, as well as exhibiting picture frames. He seems to have retained the ownership of the Somerset House premises as well. In February 1862 he advertised that the property, including the exhibition room, was for sale. The previous August he had turned the 'large and commodious premises’ at 56 Liverpool Street into the 'City Restaurant’, which offered both food and accommodation. The printing business, then trading as R.L. Hood & Brother, was next door.

Robin Vaughan Hood died at Hobart in 1888, his wife having predeceased him in 1857. No original artwork by Hood is known and drawing onto the stone was apparently always the work of others. Nevertheless, there are sufficient Hood lithographs, otherwise unacknowledged, to suggest that he may sometimes have performed this task himself. In any event, as lithographic printer and fine arts entrepreneur, he was an integral part of Hobart’s cultural life.

*



Tilden Blancheview full entry
Reference: Blanche Tilden—ripple effect: a 25 year survey, Saturday 8 May to Sunday 1 August 2021. [’This 25 year survey of the work of Melbourne-based jeweller and maker Blanche Tilden reveals her remarkable and critically acclaimed practice. Tilden has a unique approach to her materials, in particular, glass, which she explores both as a material for jewellery making and deploys as a metaphor for the connections between making, industry, the wearable object and the body. Her fascination with mechanical devices, fuelled by a desire to understand how things work, continually inspires her work.
This first comprehensive survey of Tilden’s career includes historical and contemporary works loaned from numerous public and private collections. Tilden has reinterpreted previous work to create new forms that expand on her preoccupations with value, mechanical movement, and industrial and architectural uses of glass, translating something of the macro immensity of the built and material world to the intimacy of the jewellery object.
This exhibition celebrates the City of Greater Geelong’s designation as a UNESCO City of Design and Blanche Tilden’s remarkable 25 year career at the nexus of art and design.’]
Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2021.
Ref: 1000
Hinder Frankview full entry
Reference: see Annette larkin Fine Art, May, 2021:
Frank Hinder, Murder in the Cathedral, 1960, casein tempera on paper, 86 x 66 cm
Aside from his practice as a painter, from 1935 Hinder began working as a theatre designer for productions across Australia and in the United Kingdom. Especially in the late-1950s and early 1960s, Hinder became a highly skilled creator of maquettes, drawings and designs for sets, costumes and lighting, many of which informed the broader theatricality of his art practice. He was involved in major touring productions of post-war theatre, including the seminal play about Italian-Australian race relations, The Shifting Heart, as well as major performances of Beethoven’s Fidelio, Wagner’s Lohengrin, and Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and Troilus and Cressida.
 
Aside from theatre maquettes, Hinder began creating what he called ‘luminal kinetics’, highly intricate, playful, mechanical sculptures that played with light and colour. More broadly, Hinder developed an affinity with industry and architecture, resulting in semi-abstract constructions in the 1950s and 1960s that stepped beyond Cubism, as if each of his paintings or drawings was divided into strips of colour and light to be reconfigured by the artist’s eye. The Harbour Bridge, railway stations and trams are all key subjects in Hinder’s work, both for their geometric structure and the way in which light passes through these spaces in beams.
 
Murder in the Cathedral is a work on paper from 1960 that combines Hinder’s interests in movement, light and theatricality. Its title and subject is a play of the same name by T.S. Eliot, first performed in 1935, about the assassination in 1170 of Archbishop Thomas Becket in Canterbury Cathedral. In Eliot’s play, Becket foresees his own martyrdom, overcoming the temptations of physical safety or glory. He is eventually killed by four of King Henry II’s knights, who misinterpret the King’s frustration with Becket as an order to murder him. Hinder worked on the 1960 production of Murder in the Cathedral, performed at Bonython Hall, The University of Adelaide, South Australia, from 16 March to 26 March. The production was jointly presented by the Australian Elizabethan Theatre Trust and the 1960 Adelaide Festival of Arts, with Hinder as the sole designer.
 
In this work on paper, Becket stands in the centre of the composition, bathed in shards of light, and dressed in the distinctive red robes of the clergy. Approaching Becket are several shadowy figures, presumably the knights who believe they are under orders to kill him. The sharp, geometric forms in the work strongly resemble the shapes cast by spotlights on a stage, some of which can be seen directly in the upper left corner of the work.
 
O’Callaghan Mel illustratorview full entry
Reference: see Good Weekend, Sydney Morning Herald article, 22-3 may, 2021, p5. and wife Clemens Habicht.
Habicht Clemens view full entry
Reference: see Good Weekend, Sydney Morning Herald article, 22-3 may, 2021, p5 and wife Clemens Habicht
Irvine John b1805view full entry
Reference: see THE ROYAL SCOTTISH ACADEMY,
1826-1916, GLASGOW, exhibits:
1858 194 Mrs. M. Nicholson, Penrith.
325 Mrs. Winter, Kirkby-Stephen.
388 M. Nicholson, Esq., Penrith.
399 Portrait of a Lady.

466 Countess Ossalinsky, Penrith.
529 Jane Nicholson, Penrith.
587 Gideon Scott, Esq., Scalloway, Zet-
land.
Melbourne, New South Wales.

1859 322 Portrait of a Gentleman.

Australia, and 71 Cumberland Street, Edin-
burgh.



Publishing details: PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS BY ROBERT MACLEHOSE &• COMPANY LTD. FOR

JAMES MACLEHOSE AND SONS, PUBLISHERS

TO THE UNIVERSITY OF GLASGOW

MACMILLAN AND CO. LTD. LONDON

THE MACMILLAN CO. NEW YORK

MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA TORONTO

SIMPKIN, HAMILTON AND CO. LONDON

BOWES AND BOWES CAMBRIDGE

DOUGLAS AND FOULIS EDINBURGH, MCMXVII.

Scully Seanview full entry
Reference: see artnet.com artcicle:
Sean Scully Opened His Studio to the Public to Showcase the Gripping Paintings He Made During Lockdown—See Them Here
His exhibition “The 12 / Dark Windows” is currently on view in two locations—his Chelsea studio and Lisson Gallery.
Katie White, May 21, 2021.
After more than a year working in isolation, Sean Scully decided to go in the opposite direction. He swung open the doors of his studio to invite art lovers in. The Irish-American artist’s latest exhibition, “The 12 / Dark Windows,” takes place in two parts—at Lisson Gallery’s space on 24th Street and Scully’s own Chelsea workspace. (Visits can be scheduled here). 
Inside the studio, one encounters The 12 (2020), a 12-panel grouping of new paintings in his ongoing “Landline” series. They range from joyous to somber in their tones and seem to echo the range of emotions felt over the past year, from tragedy to jubilation and relief.

Though these works still engage the alternating bands of color that have defined “Landline” series since Scully began it over 20 years ago, they are rooted in the experiences of the global pandemic, quarantine, Black Lives Matter protests, and mass uncertainty that Scully experienced firsthand in New York. In the studio, the works occupy their own room and act almost like sentries at a fortified structure or pillars in a temple, conferring a sense of gravity in opposition to the unpredictability of the outside world. 
“The world in which we live, the existential threat from COVID, and the environmental problems we face have influenced me greatly in my art,” the artist said in a statement.
In the gallery, the exhibition continues with Dark Windows (2020), a suite of five works created at the height of the pandemic. Here, Scully introduces a new element, the seemingly sinister black square—an allusion to Malevich’s 1915 Black Box. The shape—which evokes censors, stunned silence, and even “Blackout Tuesday” Instagram posts—represents a departure for Scully, whose work normally calls to mind open landscapes and horizon lines.
“There is no doubt that they are a response to the pandemic and to what mankind has been doing to nature,” Scully said. “What really strikes me as tragic is that what is a relief for nature is a torment for us. And what is a pleasure for us is a torment for nature. That seems to be the conundrum that we’ve got ourselves into.”
Gren Nilsview full entry
Reference: see Swann Auction Galleries
September 17, 2020

Lot 109
NILS GREN 
Solemn Hill, California. 

Oil on canvas, circa 1930. 693x840 mm; 27 3/4x33 inches. Signed in oil, lower left recto. 

Ex-collection private collection of Betty and Douglas Duffy (owners of Bethesda Art Gallery); thence by descent to current owner, private collection, Houston. 

Born in Sweden, as Nils Ahgren, Gren (1893-1940) sailed for Australia in his teens, and intended only to visit, but remained for several years and there received his early artistic training. Though a temporary resident of Sydney, his early work in Australia formed part of the vital movement of emerging modernist practices during the period between the wars, and he was an important member of the city's contemporary cultural milieu. By 1919, Gren had immigrated to New York and found work as a designer for a pattern manufacturer. In 1925, he moved to Southern California where he studied art with the prominent synchromist painter Stanton MacDonald Wright (1890-1973), whose work had been of significant importance to the late 1910s colour-music experiments of the Australian artists Roland Wakelin (1887-1971) and Roy de Maistre (1894-1968), with whom Gren had trained in Sydney, and which no doubt had led him to seek out Wright in Los Angeles. 

Gren moved to San Francisco in the late 1920s. Unfulfilled with his style to that point, around 1930 he destroyed much of his earlier work. His extant oil paintings and lithographs from the 1930s are mostly still lifes, landscapes and scenes of San Francisco.

West Absalomview full entry
Reference: see Mason Gray, Fine Australian Paintings, Sydney, 11/09/1989, Lot No. 188:
Views of Sydney
Engravings, Est: $60,000-80,000, Mason Gray, Fine Australian Paintings, Sydney, 11/09/1989, Lot No. 188
Twelve lightly hand coloured original engravings being offered as one lot. Mitchell library sydney, ref. Shelf F981 W Historically an important plate book published in the colony, Absalom West's Views of the Colony were issued in two sets, the first set of twelve bear the date 30th November, 1812, although officially available from the 1st January, 1813, while the second set of twelve was published in 1814. Created by convicts and emancipists the Views were produced in quantity but are rare today. 'Despite the considerable number of copies that must have been published, even single plates from West's views are rare. Complete sets are of quite exceptional rarity. In all only four full sets are recorded and, as far as we can discover, no other has been sold publicly since the fine set from the Edge-Partington Collection was sold in 1934 for one hundred & twenty pounds. This collection of twelve engravings include Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 11 from the first set and No.s 13, 15 and 16 from the second.

Provenance: The twelve engravings have been in the one family for over 90 years. Views from the first numbered set of twelve plates dated November, 30th, 1812. Officially published and available from January 1 st, 1813 . 1. Botany Bay Harbour, in New South Wales, with a View of the Heads, taken from Cook's Point, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 2. Port Jackson in New South Wales, with a View of The Blue Mountains, taken from South Head, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 3. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Bennelong Point, drawn by Johyn Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 4. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Bennelong Point, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 5. View of Hunter's River, near Newcastle in New South Wales, taken from Prospect Hill, drawn by J.R. Brown, engraved by William Prefston. 6. Newcastle in New South Wales with a distant view of Point Stephen taken from Prospect Hill, drawn by J.R. Brown, engraved by William Prefston. 7. North Harbour in New South Wales with a view of Port Jackson's Head, taken from Belmont, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 9. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Dawes Point, drawl) by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 11 . View of Part of the Town of Parramatta in New South Wales, taken from the north side of the river, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Views from the second set (Un-numbered) 13. View of the Seat of Woolloomooloo, near Sydney, New South Wales, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Plate dated January 1 st, 1813. 15. View of part of the town of Parramatta in New South Wales, taken from the south side of the river, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Plate dated January 1 st, 1813. 16. View of Shark Bay in New South Wales, taken from Vinegar Hill, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Preston. Plate dated November 30th, 1812. * 'Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900' Jonathon Wantrup Hordern House 1989
Preston Williamview full entry
Reference: see Mason Gray, Fine Australian Paintings, Sydney, 11/09/1989, Lot No. 188:
Views of Sydney
Engravings, Est: $60,000-80,000, Mason Gray, Fine Australian Paintings, Sydney, 11/09/1989, Lot No. 188
Twelve lightly hand coloured original engravings being offered as one lot. Mitchell library sydney, ref. Shelf F981 W Historically an important plate book published in the colony, Absalom West's Views of the Colony were issued in two sets, the first set of twelve bear the date 30th November, 1812, although officially available from the 1st January, 1813, while the second set of twelve was published in 1814. Created by convicts and emancipists the Views were produced in quantity but are rare today. 'Despite the considerable number of copies that must have been published, even single plates from West's views are rare. Complete sets are of quite exceptional rarity. In all only four full sets are recorded and, as far as we can discover, no other has been sold publicly since the fine set from the Edge-Partington Collection was sold in 1934 for one hundred & twenty pounds. This collection of twelve engravings include Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 11 from the first set and No.s 13, 15 and 16 from the second.

Provenance: The twelve engravings have been in the one family for over 90 years. Views from the first numbered set of twelve plates dated November, 30th, 1812. Officially published and available from January 1 st, 1813 . 1. Botany Bay Harbour, in New South Wales, with a View of the Heads, taken from Cook's Point, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 2. Port Jackson in New South Wales, with a View of The Blue Mountains, taken from South Head, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 3. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Bennelong Point, drawn by Johyn Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 4. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Bennelong Point, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 5. View of Hunter's River, near Newcastle in New South Wales, taken from Prospect Hill, drawn by J.R. Brown, engraved by William Prefston. 6. Newcastle in New South Wales with a distant view of Point Stephen taken from Prospect Hill, drawn by J.R. Brown, engraved by William Prefston. 7. North Harbour in New South Wales with a view of Port Jackson's Head, taken from Belmont, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 9. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Dawes Point, drawl) by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 11 . View of Part of the Town of Parramatta in New South Wales, taken from the north side of the river, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Views from the second set (Un-numbered) 13. View of the Seat of Woolloomooloo, near Sydney, New South Wales, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Plate dated January 1 st, 1813. 15. View of part of the town of Parramatta in New South Wales, taken from the south side of the river, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Plate dated January 1 st, 1813. 16. View of Shark Bay in New South Wales, taken from Vinegar Hill, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Preston. Plate dated November 30th, 1812. * 'Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900' Jonathon Wantrup Hordern House 1989
Views of Sydneyview full entry
Reference: see Mason Gray, Fine Australian Paintings, Sydney, 11/09/1989, Lot No. 188:
Views of Sydney
Engravings, Est: $60,000-80,000, Mason Gray, Fine Australian Paintings, Sydney, 11/09/1989, Lot No. 188
Twelve lightly hand coloured original engravings being offered as one lot. Mitchell library sydney, ref. Shelf F981 W Historically an important plate book published in the colony, Absalom West's Views of the Colony were issued in two sets, the first set of twelve bear the date 30th November, 1812, although officially available from the 1st January, 1813, while the second set of twelve was published in 1814. Created by convicts and emancipists the Views were produced in quantity but are rare today. 'Despite the considerable number of copies that must have been published, even single plates from West's views are rare. Complete sets are of quite exceptional rarity. In all only four full sets are recorded and, as far as we can discover, no other has been sold publicly since the fine set from the Edge-Partington Collection was sold in 1934 for one hundred & twenty pounds. This collection of twelve engravings include Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 11 from the first set and No.s 13, 15 and 16 from the second.

Provenance: The twelve engravings have been in the one family for over 90 years. Views from the first numbered set of twelve plates dated November, 30th, 1812. Officially published and available from January 1 st, 1813 . 1. Botany Bay Harbour, in New South Wales, with a View of the Heads, taken from Cook's Point, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 2. Port Jackson in New South Wales, with a View of The Blue Mountains, taken from South Head, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 3. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Bennelong Point, drawn by Johyn Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 4. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Bennelong Point, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 5. View of Hunter's River, near Newcastle in New South Wales, taken from Prospect Hill, drawn by J.R. Brown, engraved by William Prefston. 6. Newcastle in New South Wales with a distant view of Point Stephen taken from Prospect Hill, drawn by J.R. Brown, engraved by William Prefston. 7. North Harbour in New South Wales with a view of Port Jackson's Head, taken from Belmont, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 9. View of Part of Sydney, the Capital of New South Wales, taken from Dawes Point, drawl) by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. 11 . View of Part of the Town of Parramatta in New South Wales, taken from the north side of the river, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Views from the second set (Un-numbered) 13. View of the Seat of Woolloomooloo, near Sydney, New South Wales, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Plate dated January 1 st, 1813. 15. View of part of the town of Parramatta in New South Wales, taken from the south side of the river, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Prefston. Plate dated January 1 st, 1813. 16. View of Shark Bay in New South Wales, taken from Vinegar Hill, drawn by John Eyre, engraved by William Preston. Plate dated November 30th, 1812. * 'Australian Rare Books 1788 - 1900' Jonathon Wantrup Hordern House 1989
Orban Desideriusview full entry
Reference: see WANNENES ART AUCTIONS, Genova, Italy, 22 Sept 2020, lot, 443:
Hungary, 1884; 1986
Table with cup and flowers
Signed Orban lower right
Oil on canvas, 72X59 cm

Born in Hungary, Orban later moved to Australia in 1919 where he founded the Orban School, where the role of creative imagination in works of art was paramount.His paintings are richly colored, the color palette encompasses a very vibrant range with a feeling turned to his country of origin. He did not like formalism; for him art was inventiveness and creative expression. In the 1960s Orban's work began to reflect the influences of Eastern philosophies. He received the gold medal in a 1929 international exhibition in Barcelona. In 1931 he founded the Academy of Arts and Crafts in Budapest, training students in the decorative and industrial arts. His works are kept in several galleries in Budapest and around the world.
Curtis J Wview full entry
Reference: see Clark's Auction Company, Scotts Valley, CA, USA, Oct 5, 2020, lot 126: Spectacular 19th Century Australian school landscape by James Waltham Curtis, AKA JW Curtis, depicting men driving horses from a flaming forest. Curtis was a revered master of Australian landscape painting, considered to be among the greatest Australian artists. Signed, and labeled verso with cataloging from the Leland Stanford collection, founder of Stanford University. Leland held a collection of 60 JW Curtis paintings, painted specifically for Stanford, which were sourced by his brother Thomas Welton Stanford in Australia. These were donated to the university and held in the university collection for many years. This painting is Number 52 of 60, representing one of the later works by Curtis, which are the most revered and considered to be his best works. Provenance: Thomas Welton Stanford, Leland Stanford, Stanford University, San Francisco Private Collector. Marked No. 52, Signed by Artist. Approximately 35.5 in x 28 in x 3 in., site 25.5 in x 17.675 in. The painting is presented in unrestored condition for conservation of the buyer's choosing.

Lambert George of Thea Proctor?view full entry
Reference: see Dominic Winter Auctions
October 9, 2020, 10:00 AM BST
South Cerney, United Kingdom, lot 613: * Lambert (George Washington, 1873-1930). Portrait of a young woman, 1902, pencil on paper laid on card, head and shoulders portrait half-profile to left, of an Edwardian lady gazing into the distance, wearing a high-necked blouse and with her hair swept up, signed and dated lower right and with placename of London, toned and some light spotting, a little worn at edges, sheet size 23.7 x 18.9cm (9.5 x 7.5ins)

Qty: (1)
Notes
Provenance: Believed to have been given to the owner's grandmother's family by the artist, and thence by descent. The owner's grandmother worked at the Royal Academy of Music and subsequently the Admiralty; her father, Sven Didericksen, was head chef at The Rembrandt Hotel in Knightsbridge, London, and her uncle was the proprietor of an antiquarian book and print shop in London. The family moved in artistic circles, and Australian painter George Lambert, who lived for a time in London, is known to have been a friend. It has been suggested that the subject is the artist Thea Proctor (1879-1966), an Australian painter, known as a prominent arbiter of taste, who was also a printmaker, designer and teacher. Although Proctor didn't travel to London until 1903, she and Lambert met at art school in Sydney, and this portrait does appear to bear a strong resemblance to her. Beautiful and elegant, she was tutored privately by Lambert, sat regularly for him and was a frequent visitor to his London home. On her part she found Lambert intellectually stimulating and was apparently devoted to him. Their exact relationship is unknown but he became her mentor and their friendship was lifelong.
Gould John and Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see lot 2 Alde, Paris, France, Thursday 12 November, 2020:
Autograph letter by John Franklin, signed to the Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Naval Officer and Hydrographer John Washington. "Government House" [in Hobart], Land of Van Diemen [now Tasmania], February 15, 1839. 3 pp. in-8.
Translation: "I have only a few minutes to thank you for introducing us to Mr. & Mrs. Gould, myself and Lady Franklin." We found them to be a very interesting company. Mr. Gould embarked this morning for Sidney, leaving Mrs. Gould as a hostage to ensure her speedy return. They have both been indefatigable since their arrival, and I am not far from thinking that Mr. Gould left little for the bird watchers who might come after him [John Gould came to Australia with his wife Elizabeth Coxen in 1838 -1839, studied the birds, taking many sketches, and published from 1840 to 1869 a monumental work illustrated with lithographs, some by his wife, The Birds of Australia.] Now please allow me to introduce Mr. Montagu, Colonial Secretary of Land Van Diemen who is returning to England on special permission. [Naval officer John Montagu was John Franklin's deputy, but would fall out with him in 1841: Franklin would dismiss Montagu and then be dismissed himself.] He is a man of considerable talent and one with a in-depth knowledge of everything relating to the civil, military & penal affairs of the colony, and therefore proves to be the most competent to give you any information you may require in this regard. I know he is interested in the productions of the Geographical Society, so I will be very happy if you would be kind enough to invite him to attend some of your meetings. I have nothing painful to say about Maconochia and will therefore remain silent [naval officer and geographer Alexander Maconochie was John Franklin's private secretary in Hobart, but was fired by him for criticizing the harshness of the island's prison system] ... "
One of the great British sailors and explorers, John Franklin (1786-1847) joined the navy at the age of fourteen. He was part of Matthew Flinders' expedition along the Australian coasts (1801-1804), participated in the Battle of Trafalgar under the orders of Admiral Nelson (1805), then led various explorations in the Arctic seas, in particular for look for the Northwest Passage (1819-1827). He was then appointed Governor of the Land of Van Diemen (1836-1843) but was recalled following a dispute with his second, Montagu.
Despite his age, he then asked to lead a new arctic expedition in search of the Northwest Passage - he died during his attempt.
Glover John drawingview full entry
Reference: see Christies London, 15 October - 5 November, online auction, Topographical Pictures including China Trade Paintings:

lot 116: John Glover (1767-1849)
Mills' Plains, Tasmania
inscribed 'Mills's Plains the whole mine my House below in the plain' on the reverse
pen, ink and wash on paper
unframed
27⁄8 x 41⁄8in. (7.2 x 10.3cm.)
... the expectation of finding a new Beautiful World - new landscapes, new trees new flowers new Animals Birds is delightful to me - I mean to take possession of 2,000 Acres of Land - to have a vineyard upon it ...
John Glover to Sir Thomas Phillipps, January 1830

A rediscovered vagrant from one of Glover's Tasmanian sketchbooks, the view is taken from the same spot as Glover's 'Mills Plains, Ben Lomond and Ben Nevis in the distance' (1836) in the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart. The inscription on the reverse, proudly trumpeting his acquisition, suggests this little sketch may have been an announcement sent to a friend. It was the government grants of free land that prompted Glover to follow his sons to Van Diemen's Land, and he took up his grant ninety miles north of Hobart within a year of his arrival in the colony in February 1831, the Glover household following him out to Mills' Plains on 23 March 1832:

'The first few years at "Patterdale" were certainly busy ones, as John Richardson Glover's letters and John senior's sketchbooks testify. The Glovers constructed a two-storey house with an adjacent "Exhibition Room, 30 by 15 feet", as well as a separate dwelling for Henry and his family. A garden was established, paddocks fenced, crops sewn and reaped, the sheep washed and shorn. The indentured servant Eley absconded and there were visits from refractory convicts to deal with. From beyond the world of Mills' Plains there were visits from Massingberd, Quaker missionaries, James Backhouse and George Washignton Walker, surveyor John Helder Wedge and George Augustus Robinson and his "Friendly Mission". Glover himself joined John Batman on an ascent of Ben Lomond in January 1833, as well as making less adventurous excursions to call on Thomas Archer at "Woolmers" and his nearer neighbour Captain Barclay at "Cambock".

Yet there was no let-up in his painting. The recorded visit to the Barclay's was for a portrait sitting. In his more usual line, landscape, Glover's productivity approached his pre-migration levels. By the end of 1834 he had an exhibition's worth of pictures. ...

In Van Diemen's Land, the smoothness and gradual variation of the Burkean Beautiful were recognised in, or rather projected upon, the broad contours of the Tasmanian Midlands. On his first visit to Mills' Plains, Glover wrote to Emma Lord: "I think we shall live principally here, it also suits me because very rich and Picturesque ... I like the country much ...". A characterstic of this part of the island was the openness of the grasslands, described by one contemporary as "moderately wooded by small clumps of trees as if planted by the hand of man to ornament an estate"; Glover himself was to observe that "it is possible almost everywhere, to drive a carriage as easily as in a Gentleman's Park in England."' (D. Hansen, John Glover and the Colonial Picturesque, Hobart, 2003, pp.94-8).
Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see Christies London, 15 October - 5 November, online auction, Topographical Pictures including China Trade Paintings:
lot 115
Conrad Martens (1801-1878)
The Pass on Mount Victoria on the Bathurst Road
signed and dated 'C Martens / 1836' (lower right), titled on the reverse
watercolour heightened with white and scratching out on paper
unframed
127⁄8 x 183⁄4in. (32.8 x 47.6cm.)
There is a drawing of the same subject in the State Library of New South Wales, Sydney ('Victoria Pass. May 24/38' in Conrad Martens sketches [of New South Wales, 1835-1842, 42, DL PX 24). There are further sketches taken on the Bathurst Road in the National Library of Australia ('On the Bathurst Road' PIC Solander Box A4 #R4465) and British Museum (Mount Victoria on the Bathurst Road (1868, 1114. 367).

Martens, only recently arrived in Sydney, travelled, explored and sketched at the border of colonial expansion in New South Wales in the mid-1830s, just as the roads were being constructed to ease the journey over the barrier of the Blue Mountains. The pass is 'one of the oldest and most significant engineered works in Australia still in use today. ... Victoria Pass, located on the western side of the Blue Mountains, NSW, on the Great Western Highway leading towards Lithgow and Bathurst, was constructed in 1830-1838 using convict labour to surmount a difficult descent off the ridge of the mountains. Halfway down the descent of the pass is an elevated embankment between parallel stone walls. It is this ‘Causeway’, sometimes erroneously referred to as Mitchell’s Bridge and the retaining walls leading up to it, that are perhaps one of Australia’s finest examples of early colonial road engineering. ... The Pass was a practical boon to travellers, since it obviated the extremely steep and dangerous section of the Bathurst Road down Mt. York to Hartley Vale. ... 'The convict built roadway and more specifically the Causeway (Mitchell’s Bridge) is still in use today as part of the major highway feeding the western areas of NSW from Sydney.' (G. Rigden, 'The Victoria Pass Roadway Mount Victoria NSW', 2001, sourced online portal.engineersaustralia.org.au).

Martens had left the Beagle at Valparaíso in October 1834 and sailed across the South Pacific via Tahiti and New Zealand to Australia, arriving in Sydney on March 1835: 'Sydney Harbour entranced Martens from the moment he made his first sketches as the ship entered the Heads. He remained in Sydney for nearly forty-three years - the rest of his life. Almost immediately he travelled to the Illawarra region and the Blue Mountains, wandering, according to the Australian of 31 July 1835, 'in search of the picturesque' and making sketches from which he later executed paintings on commission. He rode a pony and frequently camped in isolated scenic areas, sleeping on at least one occasion in a cave. The sketches he submitted to the newspapers on his return were greeted with acclaim and he was able to secure both commissions and students within three months.' (S. Jones in J. Kerr (ed.), The Dictionary of Australian Artists Painters,Sketchers, Photographers and Engravers to 1870, Melbourne, 1992, p.514)
Gilfillan John Alexander (1793-1864)view full entry
Reference: see Christies London, 15 October - 5 November, online auction, Topographical Pictures including China Trade Paintings:
lot 113 and 114:
John Alexander Gilfillan (1793-1864)
A young naval officer disembarking from a jolly boat
pencil and watercolour heightened with white on paper
unframed
181⁄2 x 163⁄4 in. (47 x 42.5 cm.)
It has been suggested that the present watercolour is a self portrait of the artist, Gilfillan, who was Jersey-born of Scottish parents and spent his early years in the navy, ahead of his career as an artist: '... he had an adventurous and well travelled youth, running away to sea as a cabin boy in a privateer, being shipwrecked and press-ganged before serving for eight years in the Royal Navy in the West Indies, Europe and the Far East. He began sketching while in the navy. A watercolour Self-Portrait in Naval Uniform (private collection) probably dates from 1812. Experiences during his seafaring period provided much subject matter for many later works.' (from Edith Frame's entry on Gilfillan in J. Kerr (ed.), The Dictionary of Australian Artists. Painters, Sketchers, Photographers and Engravers to 1870, Melbourne, 1992, p.293).
Please note this lot is the property of a private individual.
Provenance
Mary Cuthbert Macfadzean, St Kilda Drive, Glasgow, and by descent to the present owner.
AND 114:
John Alexander Gilfillan (1793-1864)
The artist's mother Eliza Gilfillan, and his second wife, Mary Gilfillan (née Bridges), in an interior
pencil and watercolour heightened with white on paper
unframed
183⁄8 x 141⁄4 in. (46.8 x 36.2 cm.)
The present watercolour relates closely to the smaller watercolour by Gilfillan of his widowed mother and his first wife Sarah, now in the Sarjeant Gallery, Wanganui (1943/1/1). The Wanganui watercolour was gifted by Dr H. W. Wilson and Mr J.P. Wilson, and two labels on its later backing board identify the sitters ('Eliza Gilfillan, mother's great aunt' - on a deleted label - and 'Sarah Murray, Gilfillan's fist wife at the spinning wheel'), presumably transcribed from earlier inscriptions by the artist's descendants. Gilfillan lived with his widowed mother in Scotland after his discharge from the navy in 1816, and married his 15-year-old cousin Sarah Murray in Glasgow on 31 July 1826. Sarah, who had four children, died in childbirth in 1837, and Gilfillan married another cousin, Mary Bridges, in 1838. It seems likely that the present watercolour reworks the Wanganui interior, replacing his first wife Sarah with his second wife Mary, with whom Gilfillan and his young family emigrated to New Zealand in 1841. Mary and three of Gilfillan's children were massacred by Maori at their farmhouse in the Matawara Valley, seven miles outside Wanganui, in 1847. Another infant daughter died in the aftermath while Gilfillan and his daughter were recovering in Wanganui.
Please note this lot is the property of a private individual.
Provenance
Mary Cuthbert Macfadzean, St Kilda Drive, Glasgow, and by descent to the present owner.
Gow James photographer 1850sview full entry
Reference: see auction, The Daguerreian Society
Cecil, PA, USA, 15 November, 2020:
Lot 0047
Sixth plate daguerreotype. Original seals. Depicts a man with curly hair, and tinted cheeks and lips, leaning on a tinted tablecloth. Split full case.

Stamped in the lower left corner of the mat, all that is visible is:

MES GOW
GEORGE ST.
YDNEY

Referencing Craig's Daguerreian Registry, by John Craig, there is an entry for James Gow of San Francisco, California, listed with dates 1851 - 1852. Then this: " ...traveled to Australia in early 1853."
Pople Rodneyview full entry
Reference: Rodney Pople on Paper 1980-2020, Australian Galleries exhiition catalogue.
‘About the artist:
Rodney Pople is an interdisciplinary artist that works across various mediums such as painting, photography and sculpture. He completed a Diploma of Fine Arts majoring in Photography from the Tasmanian School of Art in 1974 and later studied sculpture at the Slade School of Art in London in 1978 and the New York Studio School in 1979. Pople has exhibited regularly in Australia for over 30 years and has held international solo exhibitions in Berlin and Shanghai. He is a multi-award winning artist who received the 2016 Paddington Art Prize, the 2012 Glover Prize, 2014 Fishers Ghost Prize, 2009 NSW Parliament Art Prize and 2008 Sulman Prize. He was recently a finalist in the Gallipoli Art Prize, the Muswellbrook Art Prize and the Glover Prize in 2020, as well as the 65th Blake Prize and the Mosman Art Prize in 2018, and has been selected for the Archibald and Wynne Prize over 12 times since 2000. Pople’s work has been included in group exhibitions at the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney and in 2014 his photo-based paintings were held at the Australian Centre of Contemporary Art, Melbourne as part of a major solo exhibition. His work is in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra; the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne; the Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane; Artbank, Sydney; Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney; and several regional and university galleries.’
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2020.
Ref: 1000
Walton W Jview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 715:
W.J. WALTON (from a sketch by Godfrey Charles Mundy)
Eagle Hawk Neck (Tasmania)
1852 lithograph
from "Our Antipodes; or, Residence and Rambles in the Australasian Colonies..."
12.5 x 20cm.
Godfrey Charles Mundy (1804-1860) was a soldier and author who came to Australia in 1846. His book on Australia was published in 1852. This image depicts a "dog line". Following numerous escapes from the newly established Port Arthur Penal Station in the early 1830s, Governor Arthur ordered the stationing of sentries at the Eaglehawk Neck isthmus to prevent escapees from reaching the mainland of Tasmania. In 1832 an officer in charge, Ensign Peyton Jones of the 63rd Regiment, suggested that nine dogs and lamps lined up across the isthmus would provide an early warning system for the sentries. The initial idea was for the dogs to counter the noises of the sea and to alert the sentries to any activity. In the 1850s Port Arthur Commandant James Boyd wrote of the dogs: 'many of them have not been off the chain for years and are consequently very savage'. The dogs remained in use as a deterrent to escape by this route until the late 1870s when the Port Arthur penal settlement was closed.


Mundy Godfrey Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 715:
W.J. WALTON (from a sketch by Godfrey Charles Mundy)
Eagle Hawk Neck (Tasmania)
1852 lithograph
from "Our Antipodes; or, Residence and Rambles in the Australasian Colonies..."
12.5 x 20cm.
Godfrey Charles Mundy (1804-1860) was a soldier and author who came to Australia in 1846. His book on Australia was published in 1852. This image depicts a "dog line". Following numerous escapes from the newly established Port Arthur Penal Station in the early 1830s, Governor Arthur ordered the stationing of sentries at the Eaglehawk Neck isthmus to prevent escapees from reaching the mainland of Tasmania. In 1832 an officer in charge, Ensign Peyton Jones of the 63rd Regiment, suggested that nine dogs and lamps lined up across the isthmus would provide an early warning system for the sentries. The initial idea was for the dogs to counter the noises of the sea and to alert the sentries to any activity. In the 1850s Port Arthur Commandant James Boyd wrote of the dogs: 'many of them have not been off the chain for years and are consequently very savage'. The dogs remained in use as a deterrent to escape by this route until the late 1870s when the Port Arthur penal settlement was closed.
and lot 716:
Colonel Godfrey Charles MUNDY (1804-60)
four lithographs, c1852,
Ophir Gold Mine
Fording the Ball River
Summerhill Creek near Langs Point
Illawarra, A Salt Lagoon
all from "Our Antipodes: or, Residence and Rambles in the Australasian Colonies. With a Glimpse of the Gold Fields."
and all approx. 11 x 18cm each.
Mundy had accompanied his cousin, Governor Sir Charles Fitzroy, on several tours which had taken him to Victoria, Van Diemen's Land and parts of New South Wales.

Philip James P 1830 - 1865view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 718:
James B. PHILIP (1830 - 1865)
CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH. DAVEY STREET, HOBART TOWN - TASMANIA.
sepia lithograph printed by James Fergusson, Melbourne, c 1854,
sheet size 55 x 38cm.


Clark Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 730:
THOMAS CLARK (Britain, Australia, c1814 - 1883) (attrib.)
(At the Estate of Madame Pfund, Mount Macedon), c1868,
watercolour, 
19 x 27.5cm.
Provenance: The estate of G. Page Cooper, auction at the Melbourne Town Hall, July 1936.
Joshua McClelland attended the auction and wrote a review which was published in "The Argus" on July 10, 1936.
Clark arrived in Victoria with his family probably in 1852; according to the Examiner and Melbourne Weekly News, 18 August 1860, he had been well known 'amongst us for several years past' and many of his paintings were in squatters' homesteads. Certainly he had several pictures in the exhibition of the Society of Fine Arts in February 1857. His status established, he was commissioned to paint a portrait of Sir Henry Barkly, governor of Victoria in 1856-63, which was presented to the government in 1868 and is now in the National Gallery of Victoria. In 1869-70 he was briefly instructor in figure drawing at the Carlton School of Design. In 1870 Clark was appointed drawing-master in the newly-created School of Design connected with the National Gallery. 
The Swiss-born Madame Elise Pfund (1833–1921) was the wife of James Pfund, the architect and Victorian Surveyor-General. In 1867 Elise Pfund established Oberwyl, a highly regarded girls’ private school in St Kilda, which continued to operate until 1931. The school was named after her home village in Switzerland, and the institution gained a reputation for its French culture. Together with her husband, Madame Pfund was one of the important patrons of Tom Roberts. Around this time Roberts also painted several portraits of Madame Pfund’s husband, James.


Macarthur-Onslow Elizabeth 1840-1911 attribview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 733:
ELIZABETH MACARTHUR-ONSLOW [1840 - 1911] (attrib.)
(Sydney 1838)
watercolour on paper, laid-down on canvas, c1870,
27 x 36cm.
(Annotated verso "Sydney 1838. B. Onslow, Esq.)
Elizabeth Macarthur Onslow was born at Camden Park in 1840, the only child of James and Emily Macarthur and granddaughter of John and Elizabeth who had established a fine wool industry in New South Wales. In 1867 she married Captain Arthur Onslow and they had eight children, of whom five sons and one daughter survived to adulthood. Her husband Arthur died in 1882. After the death of her uncle, Sir William Macarthur, in 1882 Elizabeth Onslow inherited Camden Park. Ten years later Elizabeth officially changed her surname to Macarthur Onslow. She was patron of a number of voluntary organisations including the Camden School of Arts and the Camden Agricultural, Horticultural and Industrial Society, which held the first Camden Show in 1886. 
Boswell Edward Blair Buchanan 1860 -1933view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 737:
Edward Blair Buchanan BOSWELL (1860 -1933)
A group of five (5) original landscape watercolour or crayon works around Westport, Buller Bay, Lake Brunner and Auckland, together several family photographs and other ephemera. Various sizes. (11 items).
Gashview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 738:
"GASH" (artist),
A caricature of J.A. Panton, with the title "An Aristocratic Beak" in pen below.
pen & ink on board, circa 1890s,
42 x 24cm.
 
also, another caricature (of an un-named top-hatted bearded gentleman carrying the sceptre of the Speaker) by the same artist. The image is of Matthew Henry Davies, who was the 5th Speaker of the Victorian Legislative Assembly 1887 - 1892)
and the same size. (2 items).
 
Joseph Anderson Panton (1831 - 1913) was a magistrate at Heidelberg in Victoria, where he also mapped the Yarra Valley, naming Panton Hill. Panton's Gap where the road to Ben Cairn and Donna Buang branches from the Don Road near Healesville, derives its name from a small house he had there. He also named Mount Donna Buang which he first called Mount Acland but renamed it after learning the Aboriginal name. From Heidelberg, Panton was transferred to Geelong and moved to Melbourne as senior magistrate from 1874 to 1907. It is in his capacity as a "Beak" that he is depicted here. 
 
Regarding M.H.Davies: In January 1893 Davies was committed for trial on charges of conspiracy to defraud by means of a false balance sheet. The trial was delayed until May, at which point the attorney-general, Sir Bryan O'Loghlen, withdrew the charges. Davies took ship to London, but on the orders of the new attorney-general, Isaac Isaacs, he was arrested in Colombo and brought back to Melbourne. After several trials, he was acquitted of the charges, but was declared bankrupt in 1894. He had personal debts of £280,000, and his companies' total losses came to over £4 million —one of the largest corporate defaults in Australian history.
Panton Joseph Anderson (1831 - 1913) view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 738:
"GASH" (artist),
A caricature of J.A. Panton, with the title "An Aristocratic Beak" in pen below.
pen & ink on board, circa 1890s,
42 x 24cm.
 
also, another caricature (of an un-named top-hatted bearded gentleman carrying the sceptre of the Speaker) by the same artist. The image is of Matthew Henry Davies, who was the 5th Speaker of the Victorian Legislative Assembly 1887 - 1892)
and the same size. (2 items).
 
Joseph Anderson Panton (1831 - 1913) was a magistrate at Heidelberg in Victoria, where he also mapped the Yarra Valley, naming Panton Hill. Panton's Gap where the road to Ben Cairn and Donna Buang branches from the Don Road near Healesville, derives its name from a small house he had there. He also named Mount Donna Buang which he first called Mount Acland but renamed it after learning the Aboriginal name. From Heidelberg, Panton was transferred to Geelong and moved to Melbourne as senior magistrate from 1874 to 1907. It is in his capacity as a "Beak" that he is depicted here. 
 
Regarding M.H.Davies: In January 1893 Davies was committed for trial on charges of conspiracy to defraud by means of a false balance sheet. The trial was delayed until May, at which point the attorney-general, Sir Bryan O'Loghlen, withdrew the charges. Davies took ship to London, but on the orders of the new attorney-general, Isaac Isaacs, he was arrested in Colombo and brought back to Melbourne. After several trials, he was acquitted of the charges, but was declared bankrupt in 1894. He had personal debts of £280,000, and his companies' total losses came to over £4 million —one of the largest corporate defaults in Australian history.
de Sales Joubert Francois view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 744:
ALFRED JAMES VINCENT [1874 - 1915],
Exhibition trio,
pen and ink on board, signed lower right,
26 x 34cm.
Vincent took over from Phil May at "The Bulletin". The two bearded gentlemen being carried away are believed to be Jules Francois de Sales Joubert and Edward Combes, who had been involved in organizing Australian exhibits in the 1880s-90s.
Vincent Alfred James 1874-1915view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 744:
ALFRED JAMES VINCENT [1874 - 1915],
Exhibition trio,
pen and ink on board, signed lower right,
26 x 34cm.
Vincent took over from Phil May at "The Bulletin". The two bearded gentlemen being carried away are believed to be Jules Francois de Sales Joubert and Edward Combes, who had been involved in organizing Australian exhibits in the 1880s-90s.
Croxford Thomas Swainson ( - 1916)view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 750:
THOMAS SWAINSON CROXFORD (? - 1916),
coastal scene,
monochrome oil on board,
signed lower left "T.S. Croxford",
40 x 31cm
Roberts Mary Ellen 1866-1924view full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 759:
MARY ELLEN ROBERTS [1866 - 1924]
(The dressmaker)
oil on canvas, circa 1905
signed "M.E.Roberts" lower left,
61 x 61cm.
NB: There is a possibility that this fine work is a painting of Mary Ellen Roberts and not a painting by her. While there have been two small works in pastel offered at auction by Roberts, she was much better known for her dressmaking skills. She became a teacher of dressmaking at Sydney Technical College in May 1900 and was later instrumental in the transfer of women's handicraft courses (including tailor's cutting, corsetry and lacemaking) to East Sydney Technical College. She was a capable organist, a vice-president of the Feminist Club and the Silk Culture Society of New South Wales. She also found time to establish a much admired garden of native flora at Turramurra.
McCarthy A Wview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 767:
A. W. McCARTHY
Three fine silhouette images featuring horses (2 titled and framed together, "Market Day" & "Coal Rations") and another, being a portrait of McCarthy by his daughter. (4 items in 3 frames),
the largest 36 x 21cm (overall), c1916.
Besides being a silhouette artist, A.W. McCarthy had the contract for the conveyance of mails between Bega and Candelo as well as other business interests in the area.


Driffield Lance Wview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 779:
LANCE W. DRIFFIELD (- 1943)
also known as "Driff"
A society lady in wide-brimmed hat,
extravagant fur coat, a walking cane in one hand, 
a small dog in the other,
pen and ink and white highlights on board<
signed "DRIFF '23" at centre right,
27 x 21cm.
Driffield was active in the 1920s and '30s as a newspaper and magazine cartoonist and illustrator. He was a staff artist on Smith’s Weekly and a prolific contributor to the Bulletin. He was one of the 25 foundation members of the Society of Australian Black and White Artists in 1924, all of whom contributed to the Society’s first publication commemorating the visit of the US Fleet in 1925. According to Vane Lindesay (1994), 'Driff’ became known throughout Australia in the early 1930s on the strength of one drawing, an advertising poster showing a fuming, bewhiskered cow-cocky carrying a double-barrelled shotgun and shouting, “Hey, who pinched my Smith’s Weekly ?” As a colour poster, this went up on almost every railway station in the Commonwealth. 
Driff - see Driffield Lance Wview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auctions, Australian & Historical , 28-9 November, 2020, lot 779:
LANCE W. DRIFFIELD (- 1943)
also known as "Driff"
A society lady in wide-brimmed hat,
extravagant fur coat, a walking cane in one hand, 
a small dog in the other,
pen and ink and white highlights on board<
signed "DRIFF '23" at centre right,
27 x 21cm.
Driffield was active in the 1920s and '30s as a newspaper and magazine cartoonist and illustrator. He was a staff artist on Smith’s Weekly and a prolific contributor to the Bulletin. He was one of the 25 foundation members of the Society of Australian Black and White Artists in 1924, all of whom contributed to the Society’s first publication commemorating the visit of the US Fleet in 1925. According to Vane Lindesay (1994), 'Driff’ became known throughout Australia in the early 1930s on the strength of one drawing, an advertising poster showing a fuming, bewhiskered cow-cocky carrying a double-barrelled shotgun and shouting, “Hey, who pinched my Smith’s Weekly ?” As a colour poster, this went up on almost every railway station in the Commonwealth. 
Forlong-Gordon Thomas Alexander George Captainview full entry
Reference: see FORUM AUCTIONS, 27.5.21, lot 92: India, Burma & the River Irrawaddy.- Forlong-Gordon (Thomas Alexander George, Captain, surveyor in Burma, 1831-1914) Travel Journal, autograph manuscript, 310pp. excluding blanks (180pp. of diary and 130pp. of verse), a few pp. in pencil, 12 pencil sketches, some ff. loose, a few manuscript pieces loosely inserted, inner hinges broken, original half morocco, rubbed, gilt spine, some ff. edges with tears, sm. 4to, 1853-55.

⁂ "... the few inhabitants are fearful of going out of their doors almost, Tigers are so numerous. A poor native has just been killed while carrying a letter across the Aracan... ." - Forlong-Gordon.

Forlong-Gordon was the youngest son of William Forlong of Erines. In 1852, aged 21, he he set sail for Australia and experienced "cattle driving, horse hunting, shepherding, bullock driving... all so much in unison with my ideas of pleasure and freedom". In December 1854 he left Port Phillip on the Barque Appolline and sets sail for Calcutta. In India, he notes the high mortality rate, "Draper-dying of consumption", Bombay, "is a very dirty place... nor think it comparable to Madras. In Burma, Forlong -Gordon joins his brother in Prome as a trainee surveyor, Major General James Forlong, road engineer and later Chief Engineer to the Governor of Oudh. On the way he mentions the devastation caused by the second Burmese War and proves a perceptive observer, on tobacco production, the manner in which the natives use teak forests, the death of Captain Matagan, "killed by a band of armed Burmese... held him down while the others wounded him in 22 places", roads collapsing, difficulty of sleeping at night due to the rain and "the howling of tigers & wild elephants", visits Rangoon before leaving for India.
Becker Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce Auction, 17.5.21. lot 6203:
LudwigBecker
(1808-1861) Germany/Australia
Jean Jacques von Coll (Johann Jakob Ritter und Edler von Coll) (1814-1852) 1834
Pencil & watercolour on card
Signed & dated lower right
Inscribed verso: Ritter Edler von Coll/ Regierungsrat zu Wies baden/ im/ Herzoglish Nassau ....(indistinct)/ Meber L Becker 1834 (indistinct)
(English translation: Ritter Edler von Coll/ Senior Civil Servant of Weisbaden, of the Duke of Nassau....indistinct)
22.3 x 16.5 cm (oval), 26.8 x 22 cm sheet, framed

LITERATURE:
Becker, painter, sketcher, botanical artist, engraver, naturalist & explorer was born in Offenbach-on-Main, Germany. He attended Ludwig Georg Gymnasium, where teachers from Darmstadt Gallery taught painting & where he met Johann Kaup, whose books Gallerie de Amphibien (1826) & Tierreich in seinen Hauptformen Systematisch Beschrieben (1835-37) he helped illustrate. From 1829 he worked as a painter for the publishing firm of Heinrich Ludwig Bronner at Franfurt-on-Main, he studied lithography at the Stadelesche Institut under Peter Vogel & began painting portraits, "none from this period are known". (However, JJ von Coll is from this period) From 1840-1844 he went to Mainz & was court painter to the Archduke of Hesse-Darmstadt. He supported the unsuccessful German liberal revolutions of 1848 & moved to England in 1850 where he read papers to the British Asociation for the Advancement of Science in Edinburgh after which he decided to move to the New World leaving Liverpool for Australia & arriving in Launceston in March 1851. Paying his way by taking miniature likenesses. He remained in Tasmania for nearly two years. In November 1852 he moved to Victoria, spending two years on the Bendigo goldfields & held an exhibition of these works in Melbourne in 1854. In June 1860 he was appointed artist & naturalist on the Victorian Exploring Expedition to the Gulf of Carpentaria led by Robert O'Hara Burke, an expedition on which he died on 29 Aprl 1861 at Bulloo, Queensland. Kerr, Joan. ed. The Dictionary of Australian Artists to 1870, Oxford University Press, Melbourne, 1992, pp 59-60

Johann Jakob von Coll was born in Wiesbaden in 1814, the son of Clemens Wenzeslaus Ritter und Edler von Coll & his wife, Maria Christina Theodora Liel. Johann Jakob's father studied law in Marburg passing his exam in 1802. He was a member of the war council; a member of the war quorum & ruling government. This lineage has been traced back to the year 1390. The family coat of arms is from 1735 & is based on an earlier coat of arms. Nearly all of Johann Jakob's descendants were lawyers, judges and politicians.
Von Coll had been trained for a career in the Nassau Military, however, in 1841, when he was 27 years old, he l was involved in a duel with a man named Schliter, who was postmaster of Weisbaden. The pistols had been handed out, however, the two men came to an agreement saying that they didn't know who had really made the first insult. With no further action taken, they shook hands & left the scene. There were many rumors about the termination of this duel, von Coll was afraid for his honor as a military officer. Duke Adolphe of Nassau (1817-1905) advised him to resign from the Nassau Military & to volunteer & serve in the military of a foreign country. Taking his advice, he chose France. The Duke gave him 1,000 Gulden for expenses. After touring Paris for several months, he finally joined the French military. He spoke French fluently & changed his name to Jean Jacques von Coll. He was discharged him due to ill health. Returning home, the Duke informed von Coll that he had found him a new challenge--"Texas". He sailed to Texas in 1845, with Prince Carl of Solms-Braunfels, as the commercial agent for the Adelsverein (Society for the Protection of German Immigrants in Texas) . He led the emigrant's wagon train from the Texas coast to the new colony. He was bookkeeper to the immigration organization, & was tasked with keeping & distributing supplies for the colony. In 1852, he was elected mayor of New Braunfels, however, only served two months as Volker, a farmer, attesting the Adelsverein was a criminal organization challenged Von Coll who took offense. Volker attacked him with a knife; grabbed the pistol shot von Coll in the back & killing him. He left a widow, Margarethe Elisabeth Schertz Von Coll (1832-1906) & two small daughters Kathinka (1849-1931), who married future Senator William (Wilhelm) Clemens (1843-1909) & Elisabeth (Bettie) (1851-1930).
Fey, Everett Anthony. New Braunfels: The First Founders, The Sophienburg Museum & Archives, New Braunfels Texas, 1994

Béchard Henri, active 1870-1880view full entry
Reference: see DOMINIC WINTER AUCTIONS, UK, 19 May 2021, lot 113: Béchard (Henri, active 1870-1880). An album of approximately 70 mounted albumen print photographs, circa 1880, comprising 12 large views of Cairo by Henri Béchard mounted on rectos and versos of six card leaves, each signed, numbered and captioned in the negative, 37 x 26.5 cm, plus 12 smaller portraits of unidentified Middle Eastern and Turkish people by unidentified photographers, 13.5 x 10 cm, mounted on two leaves, the remainder of the album comprising approximately 47 uncaptioned albumen print photographs of various sizes, with scenes in Italy, Turkey, Australia, USA and Europe, mounted singularly and as multiples on 17 card leaves, all edges gilt, contemporary half morocco, rubbed, oblong folio (34 x 42.5 cm)

Qty: (1)
Longstaff William Frederick 1879-1953view full entry
Reference: see MCTEAR'S auction, Glasgow, 19.5.21, lot 89: CAPTAIN WILLIAM FREDERICK LONGSTAFF (AUSTRALIAN 1879 - 1953), HYDE PARK CORNER, EVENING watercolour on paper, signed, titled in the mount 17cm x 17cm Mounted, framed and under glass. Note: One of the very rare series of London night-time scenes by an artist who achieved international acclaim for his 1927 painting "Menin Gate at Midnight" also known as "Ghosts of the Menin Gate". Will Longstaff truly excelled at night-time scenes with monumental architecture and people portrayed in moonlight and yet he painted only four or possibly five known war memorial compositions and a small series of London night-time scene watercolours, preferring to focus on landscapes, portraits and still lifes. Menin Gate at Midnight was painted to commemorate those soldiers with no marked graves on the Western Front during the First World War. Longstaff attended a ceremony dedicating the Menin Gate memorial to the soldiers of the British empire forces, just outside the town of Ypres, Belgium, on 24 July 1927. The memorial was dedicated to the 350,000 men of the British and Empire forces who had died in battles around Ypres, and bears the names of 55,000 men with no known grave, over 6,000 of whom were Australians. Longstaff was profoundly moved by what he witnessed and that night and on returning to his studio in London he painted 'Menin Gate at Midnight' in a single session. He painted a story of the missing soldiers coming back to rest at last in the memorial at Ypres, not to haunt the living anymore. At last there was a proper place of mourning and a proper resolution of the soldiers’ story. The widows, parents and the children could now become fully what they were, and accept the dead men’s memories into their own. The painting caused a sensation. People crowded in to see it in London, Manchester and Glasgow. It was shown at Buckingham Palace by royal command. Lord Woolavington, formerly Sir James Buchanan, a wealthy whisky distiller and philanthropist whose wife had nursed wounded soldiers in London hospitals, bought the picture for the remarkable sum of £2,000, perhaps £300,000 in today’s money and double the price of comparable works by the best known artists of the day. Woolavington gave the painting to Australia. The painting toured in every Australian State. Every exhibition drew record crowds, and seasons were often extended. In Perth, a city of some 163,000 people, the public art gallery recorded more than 100,000 visits. Today 'Menin Gate at Midnight' has achieved the status of a national icon. One of Will Longstaff's best known collectors was Sir Arthur Conan Doyle and he bought one of the other three war memorial paintings which Longstaff created. Conan Doyle and Longstaff "had rooms" in the same building on the Buckingham Palace Road and both had a well documented interest in Spiritualism. These four paintings were brought together for the first time as the Australian War Memorial's Exhibition "Will Longstaff: Art & Remembrance" (20 November 2001 to 10 February 2002). Will Longstaff died on 1 July 1953 at Littlehampton, Sussex.
Patterson Janetview full entry
Reference: see WOOLLEY & WALLIS, auction UK, 11-12 May, 2021:
lot 571: Janet Patterson (Scottish b.1941)
Pelican, near Cairns, Northern Queensland
Inscribed PELICAN NR CAIRNS/NORTHERN/QUEENSLAND and with various annotations (to verso of each canvas)
Acrylic on two conjoined canvases
127 x 214.5cm
Provenance:
The Scottish Gallery, London & Edinburgh;
Property of Sir George and Lady Bain
Wilmot Cview full entry
Reference: see Sworders auction, UK, 18.5.21, lot 170: Company School, 19th century
Parakeet:
Parrot;
and one further exotic bird study
watercolour and bodycolour, watermark 'C. WILMOT 1825'
20.5 x 16cm and similar (3)
Waite James Clarkeview full entry
Reference: see Broward Auction Gallery, Florida, USA, 5 July, 2021, lot 190:
ARTIST: James Clarke Waite (British, Australia, 1832 - 1921)
NAME: Courting Couple
MEDIUM: oil on canvas
CONDITION: Relined. Minor craquelure. No visible inpaint under UV light. Minor damages to frame.
SIGHT SIZE: 20 x 16 inches / 50 x 40 cm
FRAME SIZE: 29 x 25 inches / 73 x 63 cm
SIGNATURE: lower right
PROVENANCE: Grand Central Art Gallery NY (has gallery label on verso)
CATEGORY: antique vintage painting
AD: ART CONSIGNMENTS WANTED. CONTACT US
SKU#: 118719
US Shipping $75 + insurance.

BIOGRAPHY:
Born in England and active in London from 1863 until 1885, James Clarke Waite likely acquired his meticulous genre style at the Royal Academy, where he often exhibited. A member of the Royal Society of British Artists, he showed more than 117 works at Suffolk Street. He also exhibited at the British Institution and the Old Watercolour Society. Around 1885, Waite emigrated to Australia, where he remained for the rest of his life, finding additional success as a portrait and history painter.The subject of a convalescing Confederate officer is a curious departure for the artist, who specialized in scenes of children with pets, such as Feeding the Kitten, or elderly people, as in The Widow's Consolation and A Rest Well Earned. It was probably inspired by accounts of the war that appeared in the British press. Waite would have been familiar with the illustrations of Winslow Homer and Alfred Waud, and must have also seen the paintings of George Lambdin, who developed themes that represented the domestic trials of the conflict, such as that presented here.Waite's ability at painting still-life detail and his vibrant sense of color are evident in this rare example from his early career. Indeed, so exacting is the detail that it is possible to identify the soldier's rank and unit, and to date the scene early to mid-war, as the blue trim embellishing the uniform was thereafter discontinued. The inclusion of the Richmond Daily Sun suggests that the soldier served under Generals Robert E. Lee and Thomas "Stonewall" Jackson. Waite may have painted the scene for a patron. In the early years of the war, Great Britain and other European countries were inclined to favor--or at least to sympathize with--the Confederacy. The upper classes looked upon the Southern planter as an aristocrat with whom they had much in common, while Robert E. Lee was admired for his gallantry and military brilliance.In 1901, Waite was commissioned by the Australian government to produce one of the country's most historically important artworks, The Opening of the First Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia, for the Melbourne Exhibition Building. The contract required him to include correct representations of 269 various political leaders and aristocrats. Sixty-nine years old and in frail health, Waite was unable to begin the project, and the contract was given to Tom Roberts.

French Designs On Colonial New South Walesview full entry
Reference: French Designs On Colonial New South Wales, Francois Peron. François Péron's memoir on the English settlements in New Holland, Van Diemen's Land and the archipelagos of the great Pacific Ocean, translated and edited with an introduction, notes and appendices B, Jean Fornasiero & John West-Sooby. [’The Friends of the State Library of South Australia are soon to publish the fifth title in their series based on Nicolas Baudin’s voyage to the ‘Southern Lands’ during the years 1800 to 1803.
François Péron’s secret report was intended to inform Napoleon that it would be easy to invade New South Wales and make the British colony a French possession in the Pacific. The deported Irish nationalists, it was claimed, would be
eager to assist the French in such a plan. This document also confidently predicted that the British would shortly move to establish settlements in Tasmania and other parts of mainland Australia, so as ‘to exclude from these shores such formidable rivals as the French’. Peron’s report, presented for the first time in its entirety in English translation, highlights the strategic importance of the Port Jackson colony to Britain’s interests in the Pacific.
Translated by Professor Jean Fornasiero and Associate Professor John West-Sooby of The University of Adelaide, this book will add to the debate around the decision to found a settlement in Cook’s ‘New South Wales’. The translators have written an extensive and erudite introduction which places Peron’s work in historical context. The book includes a selection of letters and other contemporary documents commenting on the state of the colony at the time. This is a stimulating volume, richly illustrated, which will be widely read and discussed; it is sure to be of particular interest to those attracted to historical speculation about what might have been.’]
Publishing details: The Friends Of The State Library Of South Australia, 2014, First Edition, 396 pages
Ref: 1009
Peron Francois view full entry
Reference: French Designs On Colonial New South Wales, Francois Peron. François Péron's memoir on the English settlements in New Holland, Van Diemen's Land and the archipelagos of the great Pacific Ocean, translated and edited with an introduction, notes and appendices B, Jean Fornasiero & John West-Sooby. [’The Friends of the State Library of South Australia are soon to publish the fifth title in their series based on Nicolas Baudin’s voyage to the ‘Southern Lands’ during the years 1800 to 1803.
François Péron’s secret report was intended to inform Napoleon that it would be easy to invade New South Wales and make the British colony a French possession in the Pacific. The deported Irish nationalists, it was claimed, would be
eager to assist the French in such a plan. This document also confidently predicted that the British would shortly move to establish settlements in Tasmania and other parts of mainland Australia, so as ‘to exclude from these shores such formidable rivals as the French’. Peron’s report, presented for the first time in its entirety in English translation, highlights the strategic importance of the Port Jackson colony to Britain’s interests in the Pacific.
Translated by Professor Jean Fornasiero and Associate Professor John West-Sooby of The University of Adelaide, this book will add to the debate around the decision to found a settlement in Cook’s ‘New South Wales’. The translators have written an extensive and erudite introduction which places Peron’s work in historical context. The book includes a selection of letters and other contemporary documents commenting on the state of the colony at the time. This is a stimulating volume, richly illustrated, which will be widely read and discussed; it is sure to be of particular interest to those attracted to historical speculation about what might have been.’]
Publishing details: The Friends Of The State Library Of South Australia, 2014, First Edition, 396 pages
Baudin view full entry
Reference: French Designs On Colonial New South Wales, Francois Peron. François Péron's memoir on the English settlements in New Holland, Van Diemen's Land and the archipelagos of the great Pacific Ocean, translated and edited with an introduction, notes and appendices B, Jean Fornasiero & John West-Sooby. [’The Friends of the State Library of South Australia are soon to publish the fifth title in their series based on Nicolas Baudin’s voyage to the ‘Southern Lands’ during the years 1800 to 1803.
François Péron’s secret report was intended to inform Napoleon that it would be easy to invade New South Wales and make the British colony a French possession in the Pacific. The deported Irish nationalists, it was claimed, would be
eager to assist the French in such a plan. This document also confidently predicted that the British would shortly move to establish settlements in Tasmania and other parts of mainland Australia, so as ‘to exclude from these shores such formidable rivals as the French’. Peron’s report, presented for the first time in its entirety in English translation, highlights the strategic importance of the Port Jackson colony to Britain’s interests in the Pacific.
Translated by Professor Jean Fornasiero and Associate Professor John West-Sooby of The University of Adelaide, this book will add to the debate around the decision to found a settlement in Cook’s ‘New South Wales’. The translators have written an extensive and erudite introduction which places Peron’s work in historical context. The book includes a selection of letters and other contemporary documents commenting on the state of the colony at the time. This is a stimulating volume, richly illustrated, which will be widely read and discussed; it is sure to be of particular interest to those attracted to historical speculation about what might have been.’]
Publishing details: The Friends Of The State Library Of South Australia, 2014, First Edition, 396 pages
French Salons and Australasian Artists view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Abbott Inez 1 exhibit 1932view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Adam Edith Constance NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Adet Emile or Adrien Emileview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Greene Annie Alison see also Alison-Greeneview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Alison-Greene Annie see also Greene Annie Alison view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Alston Abbey or Abyview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Ashton Willview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Baker-Clack Arthurview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Clack see Baker-Clack Arthurview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Baker Christina Asquithview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Barker Mlle Carolineview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Birley Oswald Hornby Joseph NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Blashki Miles Evergoodview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Evergood Miles see also Blashki Milesview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Bowen Stellaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Bowman Myril McDougall see also Bowman-Lloyd Myrilview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Bowman-Lloyd Myril see also Bowman Myril McDougall view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Boxall Arthur d’Auvergneview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Brockes Mlle Mayview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Brooke Edmund Walpoleview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Brookes Mayview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Brooks Ivan Wilkieview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Bryant Annieview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Bryant Charlesview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Buckland-Wright John NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Bunny Rupertview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Burge Maud NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Burgess Arthurview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Burgess Arthur James Wetherallview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Burnett-Nathan Adelaide A or Nathan Adelaide, possibly Brunettview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Brunett see Burnett-Nathan Adelaide A or Nathan Adelaide, possibly Brunettview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Butler Margaret NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Carrick-Fox Ethelview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Chapman Clara Vera aka Eichelbaum NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Eichelbaum Clara Vera NZ aka Chapman view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Chapman Grace Evelynview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Chapman William Ernest NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Coates George Jamesview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Coffey Alfredview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Colahan Colinview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Colquhoun Archibald Douglasview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Conder Charlesview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Cordova Joseview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Crane Olive Catherineview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Crowley Graceview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Danciger Aliceview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Davidson Bessieview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Dend Vera Helenview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Degden Maryview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Farmer Johnview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Fern Emily Isabelview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Fox Emanuel Philipsview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Fox Carrick see also Carrick-Foxview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Fricke Olive Aliceview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Fry Edith or Edith Mayview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Fuller Florence Adaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Geach Portiaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Gibson Bessie Elizabethview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Goldie Charles Frederick NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Goninan Alfredaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Goodhart Joseph Christianview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Goodsir Agnes or Agnes-Noyesview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Grier Edmund Wyly sculptorview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Grier Louisview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Gruner Elioth Lauritz Leganyerview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hales Samuel NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hallen Ambrose Lancelotview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hampel Carlview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hansen Theo Brookeview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Harrison Eleanor Ritchieview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hazsard Rhona NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hodgkins Frances Mary NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Honey Constance Winifredview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hookey Mabelview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hope Edith Aimeeview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hornel Edward Atkinsonview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Hurry Mary Farmer ‘Polly’view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
James C Elizabethview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Jenkins Constance Lillianview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Joel Grace NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Jones Marionview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Jorgensen Justusview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Kelly Anna Elizabeth nee Abbottview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Abbott Anna Elizabeth later Kelly view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Kelly Cecil Fletcher NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Lamb Henryview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Lambert George Washingtonview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Lane Lillias Cole NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Leist Fredrick Williamview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Lever Hayley Richardview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Lewis Martinview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Lloyd Normanview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Longstaff John Campbellview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
McCubbin Frederickview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
MacDonald Amelia Jessieview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
McEldowney Iva Helen Latitia NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
McFurson or MacPherson Fannie Fetherstonhaugh aka Fanny Holdroydview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Holdroyd Fanny aka McFurson or MacPherson Fannie Fetherstonhaugh view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
MacPherson Fannie Fetherstonhaugh aka Holdroyd Fanny aka McFurson view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
MacGaw John Thoburnview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Macky Eric Spencer NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Mackennal Edgar Bertramview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
MacPherson Margaret Rose or Prestonview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Preston Margaret Rose or MacPherson view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Maistre Roy de see de Maistreview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
de Maistre Roy see also Maistre Roy de view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Martin Maxview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Meeson Doraview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Meldrum Maxview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Menpes Mortimerview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Mercer Marie Cockburnview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Merton Owen NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Monier-Williams Cicely Hilda NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Baden-Powell H aka Monier--Williams Cicely Hilda NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Montefiore Edward Levyview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Morrah Elsaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Muntz Margaret Josephine or Muntz-Adamsview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Muntz-Adams or Muntz Margaret Josephine orview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Muskett Aliceview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Nankivell Frank Arthur view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Napier-Bell Elise NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Napier-Bell Elise NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
O’Connor Kathleen Laetitiaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
O’Connor Kathleen Gilvertonview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Officer Edward Cairnsview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Owen Gladysview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Parker Haroldview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Patterson Ambrose McCarthyview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Paul Emileview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Paxton Josephineview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Perry Adelaide Elizabethview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Phillips Rosetta Phoebeview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Pool Smith Leslie Robert NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Power Harold Septimusview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Quinn Jamesview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Rae Isobel or Isoview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Ramsay Hughview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Rentoul Outhwaite Idaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Outhwaite Ida Rentoul view full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Reynell Gladysview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Riggal Louisa Blancheview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Rix Hilda Emilyview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Nicholas Hilda Rix see Rix Hilda Emilyview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Rose Herbertview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Rowell John Thomas Nightingaleview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Russell John Peterview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Saint-Maur-Morse Marieview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Saint-Paul Alexander Angoveview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Saint-Paul Allaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Scize Pierre aka Francois Michel Piotview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Piot Francois Michel aka Scize Pierreview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Sciott Eric Giddonview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Scott James Fraser NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Sherwood Maud Winifred Kimbellview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Shore Arnoldview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Simon Naomi Bview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Smythe Marjorie Kaneview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Stephens Ethel Annaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Strutt Alfred Williamview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Swan Torfridaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Teague Violetview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Thompson J L NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Thompson Nona Eugenie NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Thompson Sydney Lough NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Traill Jessie C Aview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Tuck Marie Anneview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Tuck Isabella Mary Stuartview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Tucker Tudor Saint Georgeview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Vyner Madelaine NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Waterlow Hinemoa Pukoia NZview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Watson Jeanie Gview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Watson Mabelview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Woolriych Francis Humphrey Wview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Wilson Nellview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Wriqut Annaview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Baird Johnview full entry
Reference: see Gibson’s Auction, Property from the Private Collection of Trevor Kennedy AM Part I, June 6, 2021, Armadale, Australia:
Lot 178, Description: A carved kerosene shale portrait bust by John Baird, Sydney, circa 1885
reputedly an image of John Baird's son, Lignite
48cm high

PROVENANCE
J.B. Hawkins Antiques

NOTE
John Baird (1834-1894) was an amateur sculptor who was a postman in Sydney. He worked in kerosene shale, an unusual material for sculpture, which was mined on the North Shore and at Hartley and although he did not exhibit his work during his lifetime it was the subject of an article in the "Illustrated Sydney News" in 1886 titled Carvings in Shale- a Sydney Postman's Discovery. He specialised in animals, medallions of notable people, and members of his family. The bust of Jane, his wife, is in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia.
Hainsselin Hview full entry
Reference: see Gibson’s Auction, Property from the Private Collection of Trevor Kennedy AM Part I, June 6, 2021, Armadale, Australia:
Lot 390: Description: H HAINSSELIN
Portrait of a Young Boy in Sailing Suit with Toy Yacht 1883
ceramic tile
inscribed verso: HHainsselin Desd. & Painted St Kilda Victoria Australia 1883
21 x 21cm (framed)
Description: H HAINSSELIN
Portrait of a Young Boy in Sailing Suit with Toy Yacht 1883
ceramic tile
inscribed verso: HHainsselin Desd. & Painted St Kilda Victoria Australia 1883
21 x 21cm (framed)
Dobell William Boy at the Basinview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine, article on the painting by Susannah Smith, p56-7.
Publishing details: Art Gallery Society of NSW, June-July, 2021.
Warren Guyview full entry
Reference: see Look Magazine, interview with the artist by Tony Magnusson, p64-71
Publishing details: Art Gallery Society of NSW, June-July, 2021.
Brisbane’s Art World to 1970view full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Queensland artview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Aland John 12 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Allen Davida 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Allen Wendy 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Amos Irene 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Barjai 10 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Baker Caroline 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Becker Howard S 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Blackman Charles 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Boyd Arthur 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Bustard William 9 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Cameron Betty 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Campbell Robert 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Lancaster Charles 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Churcher Betty 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Churcher Roy 20 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Cilento Margaret 20 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Clarke Joseph 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Coaldrake Alison 9 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Collinson Laurence 9 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Cooper John 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Crawford Jim 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Dalgarno Roy 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Danto Arthur 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Elliott Mona 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Darnell Collection 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Finney’s Art Gallery 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Foote Muriel 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Friend Donald 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Fristrom Oscar 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Fullbrook Sam 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Gibbs Cyril 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Grano Paul 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Grant Gwendolyn 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Grant W G 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Haines Robert 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Haysome Melville 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Hobday Percy Stanhope 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Hope Laurence 13 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Hughes Ray 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Hughes Robert 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Jenner Isaac Walter 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Johnston Brian Gallery numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Knopke Cecel 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Lahey Vida 14 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Lancaster Charles 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Langer Gertrude numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Leichney Vera 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
MacFarlane Pam 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Macqueen Kenneth 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Mayo Daphne 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Matthews Nevil 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
McKinnon Firmin 8 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Memmott Harry 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Miya Studio numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Molvig Jon 14 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Moreton Galleries numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Moriarty Mervyn numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Nolan Sidney 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Olley Margaret numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Payne Frankie 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Clifton Mrs - Payne Frankie 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Pedersen E Lilian 9 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Prentice Patricia 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Preston Margaret 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Quelhurst Betty 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Ragless Max 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Randall Richard 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Rees Lloyd 9 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Reid Barrett 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Richards Henry Caselli 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Rigby John 14 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Rivers Godfrey 14 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Roberts F Martyn 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Robinson William 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Rodier-Rivron Richard 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Rogers Everett 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Roggenkamp Joy numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Ross Don 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Schaffer Bernard 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Seeman Pamela 11 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Shaw Muriel 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Shepherdson Gordon 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Sherrin Frank 12 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Shillam Leonard 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Siubley Andrew 15 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Smout Ruth 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
St Mary’s Studio numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Thomas Laurie 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Underhill Nancy 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Van Homrigh C M B 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Watt James 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Webb Elizabeth 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Wieneke James 10 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Wirth Lewis 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Yeates Bronwyn numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Yeates Bronwyn numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see Glory Days: Brisbane’s Art World to 1970, by Judith Hamilton. Includes notes and extensive bibliography. Some biographical information on artists included in passing. With Index.
“This book recounts the glory days when Brisbane was seen as the art capital of Australia. Great artists such as renowned, award winning artist, Margaret Olley and two time Archibald winner, William Robinson, were developing and exposing their skills. Brisbane had many prestigious art galleries, art organisations and groups. These times inspired great art teachers such as Wendy Allen and Mervyn Moriarty who made such a big impact on the education of students in primary and secondary schools and tertiary colleges in the city and country areas of Queensland.” (publisher’s blurb)
Publishing details: Brisbane: Boolarong Press, 2020. 284 pages, photographs, some colour. Illustrated wrappers.
Top arts - VCE students exhibition 2002view full entry
Reference: Top arts - VCE / National Gallery of Victoria - Selected work by secondary students of VCE Arts and Studio Arts. The works of approximately 100 students illustrated with artists’ statements. [To be indexed?]
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 2002, 49pp
Ref: 140
Top arts - VCE students exhibition 2000-2013view full entry
Reference: Top arts - VCE / National Gallery of Victoria - Annual exhibition. Selected work by secondary students of VCE Arts and Studio Arts. [To be indexed?]
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, c2000-2013 
v. : col. ill. ;
Ref: 1000
VCE students exhibition 2000-2013view full entry
Reference: see Top arts - VCE / National Gallery of Victoria - Annual exhibition. Selected work by secondary students of VCE Arts and Studio Arts. [To be indexed?]
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, c2000-2013 
v. : col. ill. ;
Dent Johnview full entry
Reference: John Dent - Lauraine Diggins Fine Art catalogue, with biography and approximately 30 works illustrated.
Publishing details: Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, 2021, 8-page folding card.
Ref: 36
Justin Miller Art,view full entry
Reference: Justin Miller Art, Winter Exhibition catalogue 2021, with some biographical information.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2021, pb 41 pp,with price list inserted
Ref: 133
Lawlor Adrian Nude in Archway c1940 with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see Justin Miller Art, Winter Exhibition catalogue 2021, with some biographical information.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2021, pb 41 pp,with price list inserted
Dufour Joseph wallpaper 1805 with brief essayview full entry
Reference: see Justin Miller Art, Winter Exhibition catalogue 2021, with some biographical information.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2021, pb 41 pp,with price list inserted
Beynon Kateview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Gill Simrynview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Emmerson Neilview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Goh Emilview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Grounds Joanview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Hoffie Patview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Lee Lindyview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Wei Guanview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Todd Kevinview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Reamillo Alwinview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Watson Judyview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Xian Ahview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Young Johnview full entry
Reference: see Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions, by Clare Williamson, Michael Snelling. Includes essays and biographical information on artists.
‘Above and Beyond: Austral/Asian Interactions was an exhibition that arose out of a new space which emerged within contemporary practice in Australia over the previous decade. It was a space characterised by complex interchanges between Australia and the many cultures of the Asia-Pacific region manifested across governmental, commercial, and the cultural spheres. This activity has enabled a blurring of borders as well as a greater recognition of the ongoing presence of Asian cultural practices within Australian Art itself. This catalogue highlights these influences by bringing together artists several generations, artists and philosophical positions, ethnic and cultural backgrounds, working in differing media, and with varying degrees of involvement with Asia.’
Publishing details: Melbourne & Brisbane: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art / Institute of Modern Art, 1996.
First Edition.

25cm x 21cm. 48 pages, colour illustrations.
Op Art in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Arkley Howardview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Aslandis Johnview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Aspden Davidview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Balsaitis Jonasview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Blanchflower Cathyview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Brennan Angelaview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Christmann Gunterview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Coats Lizview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Dawes Debraview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Dumbrell Lesleyview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Forthun Louiseview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Gower Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Groves Helgaview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Harper Melindaview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Hickey Daleview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Hinder Frankview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Hunter Robertview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Hurle Andrewview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Johnson Matthewview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Mais Hilarieview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Moller Veraview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Neeson John Rview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ostoja-Kotkowski Josephview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Parr Geoffview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Poliness Kerrieview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Reinhard Kenview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Sharp Martinview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
de Soto Jesus Raphaelview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Tabacco Wilmaview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Tu Andreaview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Vickery Johnview full entry
Reference: see Good Vibrations: The Legacy of Op Art in Australia, by Zara Stanhope. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Heide Museum of Modern Art, Bulleen, Victoria, 5 October - 24 November 2002. Includes artists’ biographies. Includes time line and bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Bulleen: Heide Museum of Modern Art, 2002. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Hiscock Michelleview full entry
Reference: Michelle Hiscock - Australian Galleries catalogue with 30 works listed and interview with the artist by Nicola Allen (from Scope Magazine SCEGGS Darlinghurst).
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2021, 4 pp with prices.
Ref: 106
Antoniou Andrewview full entry
Reference: Andrew Antoniou, Australian Galleries catalogue with 33 works listed. [no biographical information]
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2021, 4 pp with prices.
Ref: 106
Scott Eric Giddon or possibly Sciottview full entry
Reference: Australasian Artists at the French Salons, by Tom Thompson. This book lists exhibits by Australasian artists exhibiting at the French Salons and the titles of works exhibited. Some biographical information is included. [’From 1872 to 1939, a significant number of Australian and New Zealand artists were chosen for exhibition at the annual French Salons. The imprimatur of the Salons bestowed prestige, publicity and visibility, and increased an artist's saleability, both at home and abroad. But the character of the Salons fragmented over time and selection became coloured by the nature of the Salon and the values it represented. Tradition, rebellion, innovation and unique interests became arbiters and by the close of these years, France had lost its position as the centre of the art world. With details drawn from the archives of the Louvre, Australasian Artists at the French Salons, is a fascinating and detailed record of the world of these artists ... their allegiance to a studio or master, their subjects, their travels and their locations. We sense their aspirations and their hopes and their excitement at establishing themselves on a world stage. This book includes extensive new information of Rupert Bunny, Bessie Davidson, Iso Rae, Ethel Carrick-Fox and Hilda Rix Nicholas to name but a few.’]
Publishing details: Ett Imprint, 2019, pb, 140pp
Staughton Cathyview full entry
Reference: see Les Ventes Ferraton - Damien Voglaire
Bruxelles, Belgique (auction) Saturday 29 May, 2021, lot 331:06:39 pm STAUGHTON (Cathy). Untitled (2001). Watercolour and pastel on paper, dated and signed on the back, mounted in a white mat and wooden frame. Size of the frame: 48,5 x 66 cm; subject: 32 x 49 cm. Cathy Staughton (°1968) is an Australian artist who has been painting for about thirty years. Her figurative universe is inspired by her close environment, friends, animals, etc. She exhibits and is present in collections in many countries. An exhibition at the MADMusée, in Liège in 2002.
Gallagher Donview full entry
Reference: see auction Saturday 29 May, 2021, Saarbrucken-Scheidt, Allemagne, Dawo Auktionen, lot 122: A. Don Gallagher (Canberra 1925-2017 Melbourne), ,Australian Coastal Landscape at the "Twelve Apostles", 1941, oil on canvas, signed and dated lower right, 57 x 73 cm, in carved gilded frame, composition trained on the art of the European Expressionists, overall size: 73 x 89 cm
Cobb Ronview full entry
Reference: see Chiswick auction, UK, Thursday 10 June, 2021, 4 lots inc 1073: RONALD COBB (AMERICAN-AUSTRALIAN 1937-2020) CARTOONIST/DESIGNER Erotic Cartoons 4 original erotic illustrations from Mayfair Magazine depicting women in revealing poses while engaged in music activities, signed 'Ronald Cobb', pen and black ink and watercolour, all unframed, c.390 x 260 mm. n.p. [n.d. but c.1989] (4) ***Cobb an American/Australian artist well known for design work on major Hollywood Sci-Fi productions including Star-Wars, Alien and Conan the Barbarian to name but a few.
Daniels Gerview full entry
Reference: see Arenberg Auctions, Bruxelles, Belgique, 17.6.21, lot 307:
DANIËLS, Ger Australia: An aboriginal with heavy scarifications. 1990 Drawing, pen and black ink, watercolour, 38 x 27 cm, thick paper, signed and dated at lower right. Under passe-partout. Large original drawing for a book illustration by the Dutch artist Ger Daniëls (1943-2020), documenting the tattoos and scars as ritualistic device.
Trescott Shonah view full entry
Reference: see Van Ham auction, Cologne, Allemagne, 23.6.21:
Shonah Trescott
TRESCOTT, SHONAH 1982 Maitland, Australia Title: "Turmoil I". Date: 2009. Technique: Oil on canvas. Measurement: 50 x 70cm. Notation: Signed, dated and titled verso: S. Trescott 2009 Turmoil I.

LIVE
Shonah Trescott
TRESCOTT, SHONAH 1982 Maitland, Australia Title: "Turmoil II". Date: 2009. Technique: Oil on canvas. Measurement: 50 x 70cm. Notation: Signed, dated and titled verso: S. Trescott 2009 Turmoil II.

LIVE
Shonah Trescott
TRESCOTT, SHONAH 1982 Maitland, Australia Title: "Turmoil III". Date: 2009. Technique: Oil on canvas. Measurement: 50 x 70cm. Notation: Signed, dated and titled verso: S. Trescott 2009 Turmoil III.
Walter Charles (Carl) (1831-1907)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
A group of twenty-four stereoscopic views of rock formations and other topographical features along the coastline of southwest Victoria, circa 1865.
Facebook
Twitter
Pinterest
Email
Print
[Melbourne : Age Office, circa 1865]. Twenty-four stereoscopic albumen print photographs, each image approximately 80 x 80 mm (arched format), on original yellow card mounts, 90 x 170 mm, versos with original paper labels printed with the series title ‘AUSTRALIAN SCENERY’ and the photographer’s information ‘Chas. Walter. Photographic Artist to The Illustrated Australian News, The Age Office, Melb. Registered. Copyright’, together with a serial number and location caption in manuscript in ink; all are strong prints with good tonal range, some examples with light foxing or marks, but overall in very good condition; the mounts are uniformly clean and stable, with the all-important labels intact.
An important group of mostly unrecorded photographic views of the Victorian coastline between Cape Otway and Port Campbell, part of the so-called “Shipwreck Coast”. Aside from their aesthetic value – particularly, for example, in the dramatic views of the rock formations we know today as the Twelve Apostles, or of a family collecting fossils on the foreshore, or the views in which we believe the photographer Charles Walter has placed himself in the foreground – many of the images potentially contain information of great significance to geological science, since they provide a very early visual record of this coastal environment that can be used to help evaluate the extent to which its physical appearance has been affected by climate (or, indeed, human activity) over the last 150 years.
The group also has a direct association with Hugh Gibson, owner of Glenample Station which features in many of the photographs; the stereoviews were quite possibly acquired by him directly from Charles Walter, before being given to his sister, Annabella Sloane (see note on provenance below).
German-born photographer Charles (Carl) Walter is perhaps best known for his series of carte de visite portraits of Aborigines taken at Coranderrk Reserve, near Healesville, in the mid 1860s, but between 1865 and 1870 he also produced stereoviews of scenic locations throughout regional Victoria, and in the early 1870s, southern New South Wales.
It is no coincidence that Walter had a predilection for photographing rock formations and other unusual topographical features: keenly interested in the natural sciences, he carried out work for the Technological Museum at the Public Library of Victoria and for the Victorian Department of Agriculture, as well as collecting botanical specimens for von Mueller.
The serial numbers on the present group of Walter stereoviews would suggest that his Australian Scenery series, taken and published around 1865, comprised a relatively large number of images. However, according to Trove, institutional holdings of examples from this series are negligible. Deakin University Library holds one of the images from the group offered here (the view of Curdie’s Inlet), otherwise Trove traces none in Australian collections.
The manuscript captions on the labels in this group are as follows:
227. Curdie’s River
230. Parker Falls, Cape Otway
231. Parker Inlet, Cape Otway
232. Point Franklin Caves, Cape Otway (Note: the seated figure is probably the photographer, Charles Walter)
233. Stellactite [sic] Cave, Cape Otway (Note: the standing figure is probably the photographer, Charles Walter)
237. Gellibrand River and Point Ronald
238. The Hermitage, below steps to beach at Glenample
240. The Hermitage Tunnel at Glenample
242. Sandmirror at Glenample
243. Coast scene near Glenample
244. Coast scenery near Sherbrook [sic], Glenample
245. The Elephant Rock, Glenample
246. The Caves near the Sherbrook [sic]
247. Another Bluff near the Sherbrook [sic]
249. Coast Scene near the Sherbrook [sic]
251. Sherbrook [sic] River and Cerberus Bluff
252. Port Campbell
253. Clifton Castle Rocks on the Western Victorian Coast
254. Fossil Cliffs near the Sherbrook [sic], West Coast Victoria
255. Curdie’s Inlet, West Coast of Victoria
256. Bay of Islands near Curdie’s Inlet
257. Bay of Islands Scene on the West Coast, Victoria
258. Tunnel at the Bay of Islands
259. Bay of Islands Bluff
Provenance: Alexander and Annabella Sloane, of Mulwala and Savernake Stations, southern New South Wales; thence by descent. (Note: Annabella Sloane, née Gibson, was the sister of Hugh Gibson, of Glenample Homestead, the closest pastoral station to the Twelve Apostles)


BATCHELDER & O'NEILLview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Explorer William Landsborough and two of his Aboriginal guides, Jemmy and Jack Fisherman. Melbourne, 1862.
Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 98 x 64 mm (mount), verso imprinted ‘Batchelder & O’Neill, 57, Collins Street East, Melbourne’; the print bears a fully contemporary inscription across its bottom edge, identifying the three men as Jemmy (left), Fisherman (centre) and W. Landsborough (right); an absolutely superb print with excellent clarity and beautiful tones, in perfect condition; the mount is also spotless.
An extremely rare carte de visite of the explorer William Landsborough and his two Aboriginal guides, Jemmy and Jack Fisherman, taken in Melbourne in October 1862 after they had completed the first north-south crossing of the continent from the Gulf of Carpentaria. 
In 1861 Scottish-born William Landsborough (1825-1886), a pioneer pastoralist of Central Queensland with extensive knowledge of the interior of the country, had been chosen by the Victorian and Queensland governments to lead a relief expedition in search of Robert O’Hara Burke and William Wills. His small party of eight men, which initially included four Aboriginal guides, headed south from the Gulf of Carpentaria in January 1862 after their first attempt was abandoned due to the threat of flooding. After learning of the fate of Burke and Wills on their arrival at Williams’ station in late May, 1862, the party pushed on southward and eventually reached Melbourne in October.
Two of Landsborough’s Aboriginal guides are posed beside him in this portrait taken in the Collins Street studio of Batchelder & O’Neill: Jemmy, pictured on the left, was a Queensland Native Mounted Police trooper originally from the Deniliquin district in southern New South Wales; while Jack Fisherman, at the centre of the trio, hailed from the Moreton Bay region.
The only examples of this carte de visite which Trove locates are those in the collections of the State Library of Victoria and Federation University (Australia Historical Collection. Geoffrey Blainey Research Centre).
Provenance: Alexander Sloane, of Mulwala and Savernake Stations, southern New South Wales; thence by descent. (Note: both Sloane and Landsborough were from Ayrshire in Scotland)
Catani Ugoview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Two overpainted photographs of young women posed in front of a mirror. Melbourne, circa 1893.
Two albumen print photographs with hand colouring, in identical Paris Panel format, 185 x 125 mm, laid down on the original mounts, 210 x 133 mm. Both photographs were found glued down at the edges to old matting, and their removal from the matting has resulted in the loss of most of the studio imprint across the lower margins of each mount; however, enough of each imprint remains for us to make sense of the information: “THE STUDIO” / [Ugo Catani], 252 Collins Street, Melbourne / (Lambert’s Building). The upper area of one of the portraits has some glue staining, otherwise both prints themeselves are in good condition.
Rare examples of overpainted photographs from Italian artist Ugo Catani’s The Studio, in Collins Street, Melbourne.
The two young women in these artistically composed studio portraits, taken in Melbourne around 1893, are almost certainly the two youngest daughters of Alexandra and Annabella Sloane of Mulwala Station, southern New South Wales: Lavinia Gibson (1866-1932) and Margaret Octavia (1870-1894). Their hairstyles and their dresses – which perhaps belonged to their mother – are of the 1870s; the young ladies may have been dressed for a ball. (Note: their mother, Annabella Sloane, was the sister of Hugh Gibson, owner of Glenample Station in Victoria’s Western District).
Provenance: Alexander and Annabella Sloane, Mulwala and Savernake, southern New South Wales; thence by descent.
Although he was of course principally a professional artist who painted in oils, these two exquisite portraits are evidence that Signor Catani – like so many other nineteenth-century artists – supplemented his main income from art with a sidebusiness in photography. This was a serious enough commercial venture to warrant the expense of having photograph mounts printed which were adorned with his studio name in gilt lettering. The State Library of New South Wales holds in its collection a photographic portrait of the actor Robert Brough which has, like the present two examples, Catani’s “The Studio” imprint (call no. P1/240; reference code 446635). However, we can trace no other institutional examples, a fact which is probably explained by the shortlived nature of Catani’s residency at 252 Collins Street.
But was Catani both photographer and overpainter? Or did a business partner take the photographs which bear his imprint? The following newspaper notice provides a tantalising clue that he was not operating solo at “The Studio”:
From The Argus, 18 September 1893:
‘The STUDIO 252 Collins-street. LEMME and Co. will SELL by PUBLIC AUCTION through Baylee and Co. auctioneers), under instructions from Signor Catani, in consequence of dissolution of partnership, valuable Oil PAINTINGS by Signor Catani Large pier-glasses, overmantel Cabinets, show-cases Screens, studio and saddle bag chairs COLLECTION OF CURIOS Tapestry hangings, elegant settees Large Japanese rugs, &c. Without reserve. Catalogues in preparation. On view 16th September. Lemme and Co., 325 Collins str.’
From 1894 newspaper classifieds, we learn that following Catani’s vacation of the 252 Collins Street premises they became tenanted by the dental practitioners Hayes and Binge.
 
From the DAAO:
Ugo Catani b. 1861
Also known as U. Nicolai Catani
Artist (Painter) … came to Australia in 1885 after training in the Academy of Art, Florence. Resident of Melbourne, Victoria. His oil painting, La Fiorentina, signed and dated ‘U Nicolai Catani/ 1880’, was offered by Christies’ Australia at Melbourne on 7 May 2003, lot 341 (ill. est. $8,000-12,000). A fellow academy student, Girolamo Nerli, accompanied him to Melbourne and over the next nine years Catani shared studios with Nerli, Walter Withers and Arthur Louriero. He became deeply involved in art politics and, with Tom Roberts and the younger painters, rallied against the conservative Victorian Academy to establish the Australian Artists Association (committee member 1887). He exhibited in the Australian Artists Association’s 1887 winter (no.39 ‘Queen’s Wharf’, no.26 ‘What a Guy’) and summer exhibitions.
Catani won awards in the Oil and Watercolour Painting section at the 1888-89 Melbourne Centennial International Exhibition: Honourable Mention for St. Kilda Pier and Stormy Weather and a 3rd order of merit for Studies at Queenscliff, Carnival 1888 (a still life of a hare and turkey for sale at 40 gns, offered by Bridget McConnell in May 2001) and its pair Carême (still life of fish and a lobster 40 gns, also offered Bridget McConnell May 2001 – both in their original Thallon frames with labels verso).Other works he exhibited in the Victorian Artists’ Gallery (Oil Paintings) included no.103 What a Guy! , On the Moorabul and Rêve Dor? , while the Ladies’ Court included a display of 83 paintings and drawings by the ‘Pupils of Signori Catani and Loueiro’ (see Official Record p.658). The Illustrated Sydney News of 27 September 1888, 6 (info. Edwina Deakin) noted of the watercolours in the Victorian Gallery at the 1888-89 Melbourne Centennial Exhibition: ‘Signor Catani’s two pieces of still life, the one representing fish and the other game, as also his fruit on panels, are so cleverly painted as almost to justify him in cultivating this branch of art as a speciality’.
Most of Catani’s income, however, came from portrait painting and teaching, even though he had the reputation of being an impatient and intolerant teacher. In 1890 an article by ‘Excalibur’ about artists’ studios noted: ‘As it was, several of them [Melbourne artists] were out of town, among them being … Mr Catani…’ ( Sydney Morning Herald 8 February 1890, 2: info. Ingrid Anderson). In 1895 Catani arrived in London and exhibited a collection of his world travel paintings; most were of Australian subjects. He returned to Florence in 1923 and is thought to have died there in 1943.’

Scott Montaguview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
SCOTT, Montagu; NETTLETON, Charles
Two studio portrait photographs of Frank George Wormald, chemist. Melbourne, circa 1864 and 1874.
Facebook
Twitter
Pinterest
Email
Print
(1). Albumen print photograph with gold tinting, 101 x 64 mm (mount), verso imprinted ‘Photographed by Montagu Scott, 19 Collins St. East, Melbourne’; the print has a surface scratch at upper right (probably as old as the print itself) and some light marks; the mount is very clean and stable.
In this portrait from around 1864 (Montagu Scott was only briefly active at the 19 Collins Street premises before moving to Sydney) Wormald looks prosperous and dapper in his thirtieth year, posing with a top hat and cane in front of a magnificent painted backdrop. The studio colourist has highlighted his watch chain with a gold tint.
(2). Albumen print photograph with extensive hand colouring, 102 x 62 mm (mount), verso with the highly decorative imprint of the studio of Charles Nettleton, 19 Madeline Street, North Melbourne, together with a contemporary identifying caption in ink: ‘Frank George Wormald / Born October 12th 1834 / Photo taken Oct. 12th 1874’; both the print and mount are in very good condition.
Taken on his 40th birthday – ten years after the Montagu Scott portrait – this slightly garishly coloured portrait from the Nettleton studio shows off Wormald’s red hair and beard. His pose is nearly identical to the earlier photograph, except in this one he holds a pair of gloves in his left hand and his top hat rests on the studio plinth.
 
Newspaper advertisements tell us that in 1863 Frank George Wormald (1834-1881), chemist and druggist, was the proprietor of a pharmacy at 52 La Trobe Street East; he had purchased the business from Messrs. Thompson & Co.
By mid 1865 he was advertising his new premises at 21 & 23 Madeline Street (next door to Nettleton’s studio!).
In February 1867 it was announced that he had received an Honourable Mention at the Intercolonial Exhibition (London) for his ‘colonial-made ink powders and ink’; and in 1868 he advertised his ink as being the most effective available for marking wool bales.
By July 1869, still at the Madeline Street address, he was signing his advertisements with ‘By Appointment to His Excellency the Governor’. Around this time he was busy promoting a carbolic acid soap – ‘Sapo Acidi Carbolici’ – which he manufactured himself. It was claimed to be a ‘valuable disinfecting agent’ and antiseptic.
In 1871 Wormald changed the emphasis of his business entirely: in an extravagant, illustrated advertisement in The Herald on 12 May 1871, he announced his services as a Veterinary Pharmacist, under the patronage of the Governor, Viscount Canterbury, manufacturing and dispensing ‘horse, cattle and dog medicines, made with the purest drugs’.
However, Wormald fell into deep financial trouble and he lost his business: in September 1872, now registered as living in Geelong, he was declared insolvent, the causes for which were stated as being ‘Insufficient capital to carry on his business as a druggist at Carlton, and seizure of stock under a bill of sale’.
In September 1873 he announced a new commercial venture, as ‘Chemist and Druggist’s Broker’ at premises in Grant Street, Emerald Hill.
In 1877 he was living in Sandhurst; and in 1879, in Sale, Gippsland, where he was still recorded as a member of the Pharmaceutical Society of Victoria.
Wormald died at his residence in Clarendon Street, South Melbourne on 11 July 1881, and is buried in the Melbourne General Cemetery, Parkville. Sadly, the last years of his life appear to have been spent in a peripatetic attempt to regain the success of his earlier career.
In 1862 Wormald had married Alice Camps (1833-1881). She died in Melbourne in the same year as her husband.
 
Nettleton Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
SCOTT, Montagu; NETTLETON, Charles
Two studio portrait photographs of Frank George Wormald, chemist. Melbourne, circa 1864 and 1874.
Facebook
Twitter
Pinterest
Email
Print
(1). Albumen print photograph with gold tinting, 101 x 64 mm (mount), verso imprinted ‘Photographed by Montagu Scott, 19 Collins St. East, Melbourne’; the print has a surface scratch at upper right (probably as old as the print itself) and some light marks; the mount is very clean and stable.
In this portrait from around 1864 (Montagu Scott was only briefly active at the 19 Collins Street premises before moving to Sydney) Wormald looks prosperous and dapper in his thirtieth year, posing with a top hat and cane in front of a magnificent painted backdrop. The studio colourist has highlighted his watch chain with a gold tint.
(2). Albumen print photograph with extensive hand colouring, 102 x 62 mm (mount), verso with the highly decorative imprint of the studio of Charles Nettleton, 19 Madeline Street, North Melbourne, together with a contemporary identifying caption in ink: ‘Frank George Wormald / Born October 12th 1834 / Photo taken Oct. 12th 1874’; both the print and mount are in very good condition.
Taken on his 40th birthday – ten years after the Montagu Scott portrait – this slightly garishly coloured portrait from the Nettleton studio shows off Wormald’s red hair and beard. His pose is nearly identical to the earlier photograph, except in this one he holds a pair of gloves in his left hand and his top hat rests on the studio plinth.
 
Newspaper advertisements tell us that in 1863 Frank George Wormald (1834-1881), chemist and druggist, was the proprietor of a pharmacy at 52 La Trobe Street East; he had purchased the business from Messrs. Thompson & Co.
By mid 1865 he was advertising his new premises at 21 & 23 Madeline Street (next door to Nettleton’s studio!).
In February 1867 it was announced that he had received an Honourable Mention at the Intercolonial Exhibition (London) for his ‘colonial-made ink powders and ink’; and in 1868 he advertised his ink as being the most effective available for marking wool bales.
By July 1869, still at the Madeline Street address, he was signing his advertisements with ‘By Appointment to His Excellency the Governor’. Around this time he was busy promoting a carbolic acid soap – ‘Sapo Acidi Carbolici’ – which he manufactured himself. It was claimed to be a ‘valuable disinfecting agent’ and antiseptic.
In 1871 Wormald changed the emphasis of his business entirely: in an extravagant, illustrated advertisement in The Herald on 12 May 1871, he announced his services as a Veterinary Pharmacist, under the patronage of the Governor, Viscount Canterbury, manufacturing and dispensing ‘horse, cattle and dog medicines, made with the purest drugs’.
However, Wormald fell into deep financial trouble and he lost his business: in September 1872, now registered as living in Geelong, he was declared insolvent, the causes for which were stated as being ‘Insufficient capital to carry on his business as a druggist at Carlton, and seizure of stock under a bill of sale’.
In September 1873 he announced a new commercial venture, as ‘Chemist and Druggist’s Broker’ at premises in Grant Street, Emerald Hill.
In 1877 he was living in Sandhurst; and in 1879, in Sale, Gippsland, where he was still recorded as a member of the Pharmaceutical Society of Victoria.
Wormald died at his residence in Clarendon Street, South Melbourne on 11 July 1881, and is buried in the Melbourne General Cemetery, Parkville. Sadly, the last years of his life appear to have been spent in a peripatetic attempt to regain the success of his earlier career.
In 1862 Wormald had married Alice Camps (1833-1881). She died in Melbourne in the same year as her husband.
 
Paterson Brothersview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Outdoor photograph of a group of Melbourne schoolboys and their female tutors, Melbourne, circa 1870.
Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 64 x 103 mm (mount); verso of mount imprinted ‘Paterson, 8 Bourke St. East, Melbourne’; both the print and mount are in fine condition.
The Paterson Brothers studio was located at 8 Bourke Street East from 1862-1873. Based on the fashion and hairstyles of the three women pictured, this group portrait was probably taken around 1870. It is likely that the photograph was commissioned by one of the wealthier Melbourne independent secular schools for boys. The twenty smartly-dressed boys are aged between around 11 and 14. The two standing at far left and far right are posing with cricket bats, and three stumps and a cricket ball are carefully arranged in front of the younger boys seated cross-legged in the front row. A rather strict-looking governess or tutor, probably in her 30s, stands at far left, and two younger female assistants – one probably only 18 or so – stand behind the boys at the centre of the portrait.

AND
Photographic portrait of pastoralist William Turner of Stoney Park, Moorwatha, southern New South Wales. Melbourne, 22 December 1859.
Albumen print from collodion wet-plate negative, 127 x 94 mm (arched format), laid down on its original board mount and housed within its original gilt frame, 200 x 240 mm; the verso of the frame still has the original backing paper substantially intact, including the studio’s printed label ‘Paterson Brothers, Photographic Artists, 82, Swanston Street, Melbourne’ and details in manuscript in ink recording the sitter’s name, William Turner, the date 22nd December 1859, and the studio’s negative number 1361; the print has great clarity and beautiful tones, and is in fine condition; there is some soiling on the underside of the glass at the lower margin, not affecting the image; [together with] a carte de visite portrait of William Turner taken in the Melbourne studio of Davies & Co. a little over seven years later, inscribed verso ‘William Turner, 13th Feby. 1867’; very good condition.
A very early Australian paper print from the Melbourne studio of Paterson Brothers. Dating to the end of 1859, it is only a year or so younger than Fauchery and Daintree’s celebrated series, Sun Pictures of Victoria.
The dashing sitter, identified as William Turner, is with little doubt the gentleman of that name who was a cousin of Alexander Sloane, of Mulwala and Savernake stations, southern New South Wales. William was a grazier who owned a property called Stoney Park near Moorwatha, situated between Mulwala and Albury on the New South Wales side of the Murray.
Provenance: Alexander Sloane, Mulwala and Savernake Stations, New South Wales; thence by descent.

Cearns W Gview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:

Six studio portraits of actors in costume. Castlemaine, Victorian goldfields, 1869-71.

Six albumen print photographs in carte de visite format, 102 x 64 mm (mounts), versos with the highly decorative imprint of ‘W. G. Cearns, Photographer, Mostyn Street (one door from Market Square), Castlemaine‘; one of the backs also bears a caption in ink which identifies the actor on the front as ‘John Brown’; three of the prints have some minor spotting, otherwise all are in fine condition, as are the mounts.
An intriguing suite of studio portraits, probably of actors in a travelling theatrical troupe. They were taken by a professional photographer working on the Victorian goldfields about whom precious little is known, but who, it seems, was a pioneer of spirit photography in the Australian colonies. Contemporary newspaper reports from 1869 (see below) would suggest that W. G. Cearns was among the earliest – and very possibly, was the first – practitioner of spirit photography in Australia. However, none of Cearns’ spirit photographs, produced while he was an assistant at Charles Wherrett’s Castlemaine studio in 1869, are known to be extant. The enigmatic Cearns is also highly obscure: he is not mentioned by Davies & Stanbury (Mechanical Eye), and we have not been able to trace any other photographs with Cearns’ own Castlemaine studio back mark in Australian collections.
We know that W. G. Cearns was active as a photographer in Hong Kong, in partnership with Wiebeking, in 1866 and possibly 1865. This partnership was officially dissolved on 24 September 1867.
A shipping notice in The Australasian, 28 September 1867, records that W. G. Cearns arrived at Hobson’s Bay, Melbourne on the barque Ino on 21 September, having embarked as a cabin passenger at Foo-chow-foo on 6 July.
An article in the Mount Alexander Mail, 15 September 1869, reports on Cearns’ spirit photographs, produced during his time as an assistant to the Castlemaine photographer, Charles Wherrett. Two days later, in the same newspaper, an even lengthier article appeared headed Spiritual Photographs at Castlemaine. The Melbourne newspaper, the Weekly Times, deemed the Mail story worthy of comment in an editorial a few days later, on 18 September 1869: ‘Spiritual photographs at Castlemaine, says the Mail, continue to attract the attention of our local savants. The operator (W. G. Cearns) by whom they are taken, has been narrowly watched, and the studio of Mr. Wherrett examined ; but, to the curious, the mystery of the process still remains unsolved.’
A short time later Cearns evidently left Wherrett, and we find him working under his own name, with a studio in the centre of Castlemaine. The following advertisement appeared in the Mount Alexander Mail, 13 January 1870: ‘Now open: Cearns’ New Portrait Rooms, Mostyn Street. One door from Market Square.’
Cearns continued to advertise in the Mail throughout January, February and March 1870.
On 29 August 1871 a funeral notice appeared in the same newspaper for a Private Cearns of the Volunteer Corps, who had played in a military band at Castlemaine. It is not clear whether this is W. G. Cearns, but we come across no further reference to Cearns the photographer in colonial newspapers after this time.


Early Buildings of Southern Tasmaniaview full entry
Reference: Early Buildings of Southern Tasmania, by E. Graeme Robertson.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Georgian House, 1970. Two volumes, quarto, cloth in illustrated dustjackets, illustrated endpapers, pp. [x]; 189; [vi]; 191 – 418, extensively illustrated,
Ref: 1000
architecture in Southern Tasmaniaview full entry
Reference: Early Buildings of Southern Tasmania, by E. Graeme Robertson.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Georgian House, 1970. Two volumes, quarto, cloth in illustrated dustjackets, illustrated endpapers, pp. [x]; 189; [vi]; 191 – 418, extensively illustrated,
Watson Johnview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Tinted vignette portrait of Mrs. Matcham wearing a summer bonnet decorated with flowers, Brisbane, January 1874.
Albumen print photograph with hand colouring, carte de visite format, 102 x 63 mm (mount), verso with imprint of ‘J. Watson, Photographic Artist. Queen Street, Brisbane’, and fully contemporary inscription in ink: ‘Mrs. Matcham, Jany. 10th 1874’; both the albumen print and mount are in fine condition.
A beautifully tinted portrait from the studio of early Brisbane photographer John Watson.
From DAAO: ‘John Watson, professional photographer, operated a photographic studio during the second half of 1855 in Edward Street, Brisbane, as a branch of Thomas Glaister ‘s Sydney firm. After disappearing from Queensland early the following year, he must have been the Watson in partnership with James Walker at Sydney in 1860-62. In 1862 John Watson returned to Brisbane, there to run a busy Queen Street studio in his own name until 1875. Watson’s Queensland Album of Photographic Scenery (John Oxley Library) was published in 1874.’
Read More
See Also
Mathewson & Coview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:

Studio portrait of a female domestic servant, Brisbane, circa 1880.
Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 105 x 63 mm (mount), verso with imprint of ‘Mathewson & Co.. Artist Photographers. Brisbane’; both the print and mount are in very good condition.
A scarce early Brisbane “occupational” photographic portrait, taken in the studio of Mathewson & Co. (note the painted backdrop).
Scottish-born Thomas Mathewson was orphaned shortly after his family arrived at Moreton Bay in 1853; he was taught photography by Rev. Theophilus Beazeley in Ipswich, and started a career as a professional photographer in Toowoomba in 1861. After working in Gympie, Rockhampton, Charters Towers, Bowen and Townsville in the 1860s and early 1870s, he opened premises in Brisbane at the start of 1876. Later in that year, Thomas was joined in the business by his brother Peter, and the new partnership meant that the studio name was changed from Mathewson to Mathewson & Co.
Read More
See Also
Mathewson see Mathewson & Coview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:

Studio portrait of a female domestic servant, Brisbane, circa 1880.
Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 105 x 63 mm (mount), verso with imprint of ‘Mathewson & Co.. Artist Photographers. Brisbane’; both the print and mount are in very good condition.
A scarce early Brisbane “occupational” photographic portrait, taken in the studio of Mathewson & Co. (note the painted backdrop).
Scottish-born Thomas Mathewson was orphaned shortly after his family arrived at Moreton Bay in 1853; he was taught photography by Rev. Theophilus Beazeley in Ipswich, and started a career as a professional photographer in Toowoomba in 1861. After working in Gympie, Rockhampton, Charters Towers, Bowen and Townsville in the 1860s and early 1870s, he opened premises in Brisbane at the start of 1876. Later in that year, Thomas was joined in the business by his brother Peter, and the new partnership meant that the studio name was changed from Mathewson to Mathewson & Co.
Read More
See Also
STEWART & CO.view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Tinted studio portrait of young lady in a blue dress. Melbourne, circa 1880.
Albumen print photograph with hand colouring, carte de visite format, 102 x 62 mm, verso with the gilt imprint of Stewart & Co., Photographers, Miniature & Portrait Painters, 217 & 219 Bourke St. East, Melbourne; both the albumen print and mount are in fine condition.
A superbly tinted portrait by Stewart & Co. (colourist unknown).
For the last two decades of the nineteenth century the firm of Stewart & Co. was one of the most well-known and successful photographic businesses in Melbourne. The Stewart & Co. studio occupied various premises at the ‘top end’ of Bourke Street during this time, always close to the heart of Melbourne’s theatre district. Between 1881 and 1889 – the studio’s heyday – its premises were at 217 and 219 Bourke Street. The firm specialized in catering to actors, singers and musicians – as well as to the public who wished to emulate these idols by being photographed in glamorous outfits with dramatic lighting and studio props which reflected refined tastes and an artistic aesthetic.

NEWLAND James Jview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Studio portrait of a prosperous gentleman, Melbourne, 1866.
Albumen print photograph, 101 x 61 mm (mount), verso imprinted ‘James J. Newland, Photographer, 70 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne’; a skilfully fixed print, unfaded and with beautiful tones, in fine condition; the mount is pristine.
Rare example of a carte de visite by the very short-lived Melbourne studio of James J. Newland. The studio was active only for a few months in 1866 immediately following Newland’s arrival in Port Phillip from Portsmouth. Within a year or so Newland had relocated to Sydney, where he died in March, 1867 at the age of just 35.
James J. Newland is not listed as a photographer in Davies & Stanbury (Mechanical Eye), and Trove locates only one other example of his carte de visite portraiture (SLV).
It is not clear whether he was related to the pioneer colonial daguerreotypist, James W. Newland, who was active in Australia two decades earlier.
On 20 January, 1866, the following notice appeared in The Argus:
‘WANTED, a respectable YOUTH, to be taught in the art of photography, and assist in a studio. Apply on Monday or Tuesday, between 11 and 1 o’clock, at James J. Newland’s, photographer, 70 Elizabeth street,’
Then, in the same newspaper, on 20 February, this advertisment was published:
‘NEW PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO, 70 Elizabeth street, Opposite the Age Office.-JAMES J. NEWLAND (of the firm of Messrs. Newland and Co., Portsmouth), in opening the above gallery, would wish to call particular attention to tho superiority of his photographs. Carte portraits, 12s. dozen.’
The advertisements continued throughout the month of March, 1866, but then we find no further mention of Newland in the press until the funeral notice for James J. Newland appeared in the Sydney Morning Herald on 29 March 1867: ‘FUNERAL.—The Friends of JAMES J. NEWLAND, Esq., deceased, are respectfully invited to attend his funeral ; to move from his late residence, Horbury-terrace, Macquarie-street North, THIS (Friday) AFTERNOON, at a quarter before 3 o’clock….’
This was most certainly the same James J. Newland, photographer, as the wording of his death notice that appeared the same day in the same newspaper confirms: ‘On the 28th instant, at 199, Macquarie-street, JAMES J. Newland, of Portsmouth, Hants, aged 35.’
 
NEWLAND James Wview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, June, 2021:
Studio portrait of a prosperous gentleman, Melbourne, 1866.
Albumen print photograph, 101 x 61 mm (mount), verso imprinted ‘James J. Newland, Photographer, 70 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne’; a skilfully fixed print, unfaded and with beautiful tones, in fine condition; the mount is pristine.
Rare example of a carte de visite by the very short-lived Melbourne studio of James J. Newland. The studio was active only for a few months in 1866 immediately following Newland’s arrival in Port Phillip from Portsmouth. Within a year or so Newland had relocated to Sydney, where he died in March, 1867 at the age of just 35.
James J. Newland is not listed as a photographer in Davies & Stanbury (Mechanical Eye), and Trove locates only one other example of his carte de visite portraiture (SLV).
It is not clear whether he was related to the pioneer colonial daguerreotypist, James W. Newland, who was active in Australia two decades earlier.
On 20 January, 1866, the following notice appeared in The Argus:
‘WANTED, a respectable YOUTH, to be taught in the art of photography, and assist in a studio. Apply on Monday or Tuesday, between 11 and 1 o’clock, at James J. Newland’s, photographer, 70 Elizabeth street,’
Then, in the same newspaper, on 20 February, this advertisment was published:
‘NEW PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO, 70 Elizabeth street, Opposite the Age Office.-JAMES J. NEWLAND (of the firm of Messrs. Newland and Co., Portsmouth), in opening the above gallery, would wish to call particular attention to tho superiority of his photographs. Carte portraits, 12s. dozen.’
The advertisements continued throughout the month of March, 1866, but then we find no further mention of Newland in the press until the funeral notice for James J. Newland appeared in the Sydney Morning Herald on 29 March 1867: ‘FUNERAL.—The Friends of JAMES J. NEWLAND, Esq., deceased, are respectfully invited to attend his funeral ; to move from his late residence, Horbury-terrace, Macquarie-street North, THIS (Friday) AFTERNOON, at a quarter before 3 o’clock….’
This was most certainly the same James J. Newland, photographer, as the wording of his death notice that appeared the same day in the same newspaper confirms: ‘On the 28th instant, at 199, Macquarie-street, JAMES J. Newland, of Portsmouth, Hants, aged 35.’
 
Watson Judyview full entry
Reference: Judy Watson: Women of Brisbane
[’More than 180 women are included in this beautifully designed artist’s book and they include names you may know, like Oodgeroo Noonuccal (1920-1993), and many others that you may not know. These women’s names are part of one of Brisbane’s newest public artworks along Kingsford Smith Drive in Brisbane’s Hamilton, with Judy Watson’s suite of images sand-blasted and imprinted on signage into the walkway. Watson’s artwork is titled bandarra-gan chidna: strong woman track / track of strong women and was completed late in 2019. This new book arose out of the significant research undertaken by many people create the work, along with community consultation.’]
Publishing details: Museum of Brisbane, [2021] 
125 pages : illustrations
Ref: 1000
Australia Antipodean Storiesview full entry
Reference: Australia Antipodean Stories.
[’This volume accompanies the largest exhibition of contemporary art from Australia to be presented outside the continent. It's characterised by a surprising richness and variety, offering a combination of personal stories, languages, ethnic origins, religions and traditions. The artists belong to many Aboriginal cultures and First Nations and those that arrived from the Pacific, Europe, Asian countries and America.

Curated by Eugenio Viola, this project encompasses a broad constellation of cultural, political and social practices and perspectives, and takes into consideration different means of expression such as painting, performance, installation, sculpture, video, drawings and photography.

Artists: Vernon Ah Kee, Tony Albert, Khadim Ali, Brook Andrew, Richard Bell, Daniel Boyd, Maria Fernanda Cardoso, Barbara Cleveland, Destiny Deacon, Hayden Fowler, Marco Fusinato, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Julie Gough, Fiona Hall, Dale Harding, Nicholas Mangan, Angelica Mesiti, Archie Moore, Callum Morton, Tom Nicholson (with Greg Lehman), Jill Orr, Mike Parr, Patricia Piccinini, Stuart Ringholt, Khaled Sabsabi, Yhonnie Scarce, Soda Jerk, Dr Christian Thompson AO, James Tylor, Judy Watson, Jason Wing and Nyapanyapa Yunupingu.’]
Publishing details: PAC, Silvana Editoriale. Text in English and Italian. 312 pages
hardcover, colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Yang Williamview full entry
Reference: William Yang: Seeing & Being Seen. [’This must-have publication for devotees of photography celebrates artist and performer William Yang’s invaluable contribution to Australian art and our rich traditions of storytelling.

Accompanying a QAGOMA exhibition of the same name, William Yang: Seeing and Being Seen explores five decades of the artist’s prolific practice. This is the first major survey exhibition and publication on Yang by a state gallery.

Featuring reproductions of over 200 photographs, it traces Yang’s career from his heady early days as a social photographer in the 1970s documenting Sydney’s queer scene through to some of his well-known series addressing family ties, sexual and cultural identity, and the Australian landscape. The publication also examines the artist’s deep connections to Queensland, including his mid-career explorations of growing up in the far north of the state.

Insightful essays delve into the public and private realms of the artist and complement Yang’s highly personal and engaging imagery. QAGOMA curator Rosie Hays provides an overview of the artist’s highly regarded career; writer and broadcaster Benjamin Law gives an account of his own experiences growing up as a gay, Chinese Australian; and Professor Susan Best discusses the artist’s engagement with shame — and his refusal to accept it — in both personal and public histories. In addition, the artist shares his own personal reflections on nature in his evocative text entitled ‘Ghost in the landscape’.’]
Publishing details: This limited edition version of 'William Yang: Seeing & Being Seen' is signed and numbered and contains a limited signed and numbered print of Golden Summer 1987/2016.
Limited to 50 copies
Ref: 1000
Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Artsview full entry
Reference: Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts.
[’Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts
Metro Arts – an independent arts centre at the heart of Brisbane – is about to start a new chapter at its new home in West End. But this is just one of many changes this resilient organisation has made its own.

For 40 years, Metro Arts inhabited 109 Edward Street, a six-storey building built in 1889, which has served as warehouse for household goods, biscuits, hats, supplies during World War II and – later, government offices and, finally, Brisbane Community Arts Centre.

On the level that was once the Immigration Department, artists have created multilingual works. In the former drug squad HQ, ‘art’ has become indistinguishable from ‘party’. In the old Electoral Office, artists have voted again and again for their community – with their time, energy, resources and (when available) money. To be at 109 Edward Street wasn’t just to make art. It was to make mistakes, to mend and to make do.

No record can capture every moment – every coffee shared, every spark ignited, every alliance formed, every risk taken, every show rehearsed, exhibited or staged. But through the voices of over 40 Metro community members, Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts charts the living history of Metro Arts, from its gutsy DIY beginnings to its bright future.’]
[’Metro Arts - an independent arts centre at the heart of Brisbane - is about to start a new chapter at its new home in West End. But this is just one of many changes this resilient organisation has made its own.For 40 years, Metro Arts inhabited 109 Edward Street, a six-storey building built in 1889, which has served as warehouse for household goods, biscuits, hats, supplies during World War II and - later, government offices and, finally, Brisbane Community Arts Centre.On the level that was once the Immigration Department, artists have created multilingual works. In the former drug squad HQ, 'art' has become indistinguishable from 'party'. In the old Electoral Office, artists have voted again and again for their community - with their time, energy, resources and (when available) money. To be at 109 Edward Street wasn't just to make art. It was to make mistakes, to mend and to make do.No record can capture every moment - every coffee shared, every spark ignited, every alliance formed, every risk taken, every show rehearsed, exhibited or staged. But through the voices of over 40 Metro community members, Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts charts the living history of Metro Arts, from its gutsy DIY beginnings to its bright future.FEATURING CONTRIBUTIONS FROMWesley Enoch, Robert Hughes, Edwin Relf, Liz Burcham, Penny Everingham, Robert Kronk, Amy-Clare McCarthy, Gemma Smith, Josh Milani, Hannah Gartside & Autumn Royale, Nic Holas (Restaged Histories Project), Brian Lucas, Margi Brown Ash, Thom Browning (Imaginary Theatre), Younghee Park (Company Bad), Daniel Evans (The Good Room), Lafe Charlton & Roxanne McDonald, and Fraser Corfield. In addition, Meagan Streader and Vernon Ah Kee (among others) contribute their artwork.FEATURING INTERVIEWS WITH Sue Benner, The Hon Ian Callinan, Robby Nason, Stephen Nothling, Jess Murphy, Daniel McKewen, Robert Andrew, Elise Greig, Michael Futcher (Matrix Theatre), David Morton (Dead Puppets Society), Lisa Fa'alafi & Leah Shelton (Polytoxic), Nasim Khosravi (Baran Theatre), and many more.’]
Publishing details: West End, Queensland : Metro Arts, 2020 
171 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits
Ref: 1000
Queensland Artview full entry
Reference: see Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts.
[’Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts
Metro Arts – an independent arts centre at the heart of Brisbane – is about to start a new chapter at its new home in West End. But this is just one of many changes this resilient organisation has made its own.

For 40 years, Metro Arts inhabited 109 Edward Street, a six-storey building built in 1889, which has served as warehouse for household goods, biscuits, hats, supplies during World War II and – later, government offices and, finally, Brisbane Community Arts Centre.

On the level that was once the Immigration Department, artists have created multilingual works. In the former drug squad HQ, ‘art’ has become indistinguishable from ‘party’. In the old Electoral Office, artists have voted again and again for their community – with their time, energy, resources and (when available) money. To be at 109 Edward Street wasn’t just to make art. It was to make mistakes, to mend and to make do.

No record can capture every moment – every coffee shared, every spark ignited, every alliance formed, every risk taken, every show rehearsed, exhibited or staged. But through the voices of over 40 Metro community members, Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts charts the living history of Metro Arts, from its gutsy DIY beginnings to its bright future.’]
Publishing details: West End, Queensland : Metro Arts, 2020 
171 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits
Brisbane art view full entry
Reference: see Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts.
[’Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts
Metro Arts – an independent arts centre at the heart of Brisbane – is about to start a new chapter at its new home in West End. But this is just one of many changes this resilient organisation has made its own.

For 40 years, Metro Arts inhabited 109 Edward Street, a six-storey building built in 1889, which has served as warehouse for household goods, biscuits, hats, supplies during World War II and – later, government offices and, finally, Brisbane Community Arts Centre.

On the level that was once the Immigration Department, artists have created multilingual works. In the former drug squad HQ, ‘art’ has become indistinguishable from ‘party’. In the old Electoral Office, artists have voted again and again for their community – with their time, energy, resources and (when available) money. To be at 109 Edward Street wasn’t just to make art. It was to make mistakes, to mend and to make do.

No record can capture every moment – every coffee shared, every spark ignited, every alliance formed, every risk taken, every show rehearsed, exhibited or staged. But through the voices of over 40 Metro community members, Art Starts Here: 40 Years of Metro Arts charts the living history of Metro Arts, from its gutsy DIY beginnings to its bright future.’]
Publishing details: West End, Queensland : Metro Arts, 2020 
171 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits


First | Previous | Record 107,551 – 108,550 of 1,000